Երկրորդ Օրէնք / Deuteronomy - 2 |

Text:
< PreviousԵրկրորդ Օրէնք - 2 Deuteronomy - 2Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Moses, in this chapter, proceeds in the rehearsal of God's providences concerning Israel in their way to Canaan, yet preserves not the record of any thing that happened during their tedious march back to the Red Sea, in which they wore out almost thirty-eight years, but passes that over in silence as a dark time, and makes his narrative to begin again when they faced about towards Canaan (ver. 1-3), and drew towards the countries that were inhabited, concerning which God here gives them direction, I. What nations they must not give any disturbance to. 1. Not to the Edomites, ver. 4-8. 2. Not to the Moabites (ver. 9), of the antiquities of whose country, with that of the Edomites, he gives some account, ver. 10-12. And here comes in an account of their passing the river Zered, ver. 13-16. 3. Not to the Ammonites, of whose country here is some account given, ver. 17-23. II. What nations they should attack and conquer. They must begin with Sihon, king of the Amorites, ver. 24, 25. And accordingly, 1. They had a fair occasion of quarrelling with him, ver. 26-32. 2. God gave them a complete victory over him, ver. 33, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
Moses continues to relate how they compassed Mount Seir, Deu 2:1. And the commands they received not to meddle with the descendants of Esau, Deu 2:2-8; nor to distress the Moabites, Deu 2:9. Of the Emims, Deu 2:10, Deu 2:11; the Horims, Deu 2:12. Their passage of the brook Zered, Deu 2:13. The time they spent between Kadesh-barnea and Zered, Deu 2:14; during which all the men of war that came out of Egypt were consumed, Deu 2:15, Deu 2:16. The command not to distress the Ammonites, Deu 2:17-19. Of the Zamzummims, Deu 2:20, the Anakims, Deu 2:21, the Horims, Deu 2:22, the Avims and Caphtorims, all destroyed by the Ammonites, Deu 2:23. They are commanded to cross the river Arnon, and are promised the land of Sihon, king of the Amorites, Deu 2:24, Deu 2:25. Of the message sent to Sihon, to request a passage through his territories, Deu 2:26-29. His refusal, Deu 2:30.The consequent war, Deu 2:31, Deu 2:32. His total overthrow, Deu 2:33; and extermination of his people, Deu 2:34. The spoils that were taken, Deu 2:35. And his land possessed from Aroer to Arnon by the Israelites, Deu 2:36; who took care, according to the command of God, not to invade any part of the territories of the Ammonites, Deu 2:37.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Deu 2:1, The story is continued, that they were not to meddle with the Edomites; Deu 2:9, nor with the Moabites; Deu 2:16, nor with the Ammonites; Deu 2:24, but Sihon the Amorite was subdued by them.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO DEUTERONOMY 2
In this chapter Moses goes on with his account of the affairs of the people of Israel, and what befell them, how they turned into the wilderness again; but passes over in silence their travels there, till they came to Mount Self, where having been some time they were bid to depart, Deut 2:1, and were directed not to meddle with the Edomites, or take anything from them, but pay them for what they should have of them, since they lacked not, Deut 2:4, nor to distress the Moabites, of whose country, as formerly inhabited, and also of Edom, some account is given, Deut 2:9, when they were bid to go over the brook Zered, to which from their coming from Kadeshbarnea was the space of thirty eight years, in which time the former generation was consumed, Deut 2:13 and now passing along the borders of Moab, they were ordered not to meddle with nor distress the children of Ammon, of whose land also, and the former inhabitants of it, an account is given, Deut 2:17, then passing over the river Arnon, they are bid to fight with Sihon king of the Amorites, and possess his land, Deut 2:24 to whom they sent messengers, desiring leave to pass through his land, and to furnish them with provisions for their money, as the Edomites and Moabites had done, Deut 2:26 but he refusing, this gave them an opportunity to attack him, in which they succeeded, slew him and his people, and took possession of his country, Deut 2:30.
2:12:1: Եւ դարձաք չուեցաք յանապատն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն. զոր օրինակ խօսեցա՛ւ Տէր ընդ իս. եւ պատեցաք զՍէի՛ր լերամբ աւուրս բազումս[1645]։[1645] Ոսկան. Եւ դարձեալ չուեցաք յա՛՛։
1 «Կարմիր ծով տանող ճանապարհով մենք վերադարձանք, եկանք անապատ, ինչպէս Տէրն էր ասել ինձ, եւ շատ օրեր պտտուեցինք Սէիր լերան շուրջը:
2 «Այն ատեն ետ դարձանք ու Կարմիր ծովուն ճամբայէն դէպի անապատը չուեցինք, ինչպէս Տէրը ինծի ըսեր էր ու շատ օրեր Սէիր լերանը բոլորտիքը պտըտեցանք։
Եւ դարձաք չուեցաք յանապատն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն, զոր օրինակ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ իս, եւ պատեցաք զՍէիր լերամբ աւուրս բազումս:

2:1: Եւ դարձաք չուեցաք յանապատն ընդ ճանապարհ Կարմիր ծովուն. զոր օրինակ խօսեցա՛ւ Տէր ընդ իս. եւ պատեցաք զՍէի՛ր լերամբ աւուրս բազումս[1645]։
[1645] Ոսկան. Եւ դարձեալ չուեցաք յա՛՛։
1 «Կարմիր ծով տանող ճանապարհով մենք վերադարձանք, եկանք անապատ, ինչպէս Տէրն էր ասել ինձ, եւ շատ օրեր պտտուեցինք Սէիր լերան շուրջը:
2 «Այն ատեն ետ դարձանք ու Կարմիր ծովուն ճամբայէն դէպի անապատը չուեցինք, ինչպէս Տէրը ինծի ըսեր էր ու շատ օրեր Սէիր լերանը բոլորտիքը պտըտեցանք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:11: И обратились мы и отправились в пустыню к Чермному морю, как говорил мне Господь, и много времени ходили вокруг горы Сеира.
2:1 καὶ και and; even ἐπιστραφέντες επιστρεφω turn around; return ἀπήραμεν απαιρω remove; take away εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness ὁδὸν οδος way; journey θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me καὶ και and; even ἐκυκλώσαμεν κυκλοω encircle; surround τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount τὸ ο the Σηιρ σηιρ day πολλάς πολυς much; many
2:1 וַ wa וְ and נֵּ֜פֶן nnˈēfen פנה turn וַ wa וְ and נִּסַּ֤ע nnissˈaʕ נסע pull out הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּ֨רָה֙ mmiḏbˈārā מִדְבָּר desert דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way יַם־ yam- יָם sea ס֔וּף sˈûf סוּף rush כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to וַ wa וְ and נָּ֥סָב nnˌāsov סבב turn אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַר־ har- הַר mountain שֵׂעִ֖יר śēʕˌîr שֵׂעִיר Seir יָמִ֥ים yāmˌîm יֹום day רַבִּֽים׃ ס rabbˈîm . s רַב much
2:1. profectique inde venimus in solitudinem quae ducit ad mare Rubrum sicut mihi dixerat Dominus et circumivimus montem Seir longo temporeAnd departing from thence we came into the wilderness that leadeth to the Red Sea, as the Lord had spoken to me: and we compassed mount Seir a long time.
1. Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way to the Red Sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days.
2:1. “And setting out from there, we arrived at the wilderness which leads to the Red Sea, just as the Lord had spoken to me. And we encompassed Mount Seir for a long time.
2:1. Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days.
Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days:

1: И обратились мы и отправились в пустыню к Чермному морю, как говорил мне Господь, и много времени ходили вокруг горы Сеира.
2:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιστραφέντες επιστρεφω turn around; return
ἀπήραμεν απαιρω remove; take away
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
καὶ και and; even
ἐκυκλώσαμεν κυκλοω encircle; surround
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
τὸ ο the
Σηιρ σηιρ day
πολλάς πολυς much; many
2:1
וַ wa וְ and
נֵּ֜פֶן nnˈēfen פנה turn
וַ wa וְ and
נִּסַּ֤ע nnissˈaʕ נסע pull out
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֨רָה֙ mmiḏbˈārā מִדְבָּר desert
דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
יַם־ yam- יָם sea
ס֔וּף sˈûf סוּף rush
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to
וַ wa וְ and
נָּ֥סָב nnˌāsov סבב turn
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַר־ har- הַר mountain
שֵׂעִ֖יר śēʕˌîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
יָמִ֥ים yāmˌîm יֹום day
רַבִּֽים׃ ס rabbˈîm . s רַב much
2:1. profectique inde venimus in solitudinem quae ducit ad mare Rubrum sicut mihi dixerat Dominus et circumivimus montem Seir longo tempore
And departing from thence we came into the wilderness that leadeth to the Red Sea, as the Lord had spoken to me: and we compassed mount Seir a long time.
2:1. “And setting out from there, we arrived at the wilderness which leads to the Red Sea, just as the Lord had spoken to me. And we encompassed Mount Seir for a long time.
2:1. Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-3: В кратких словах обнимается все 38-летнее странствование народа по пустыням.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: The Seed of Esau and Lot Spared.B. C. 1451.
1 Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days. 2 And the LORD spake unto me, saying, 3 Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward. 4 And command thou the people, saying, Ye are to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore: 5 Meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given mount Seir unto Esau for a possession. 6 Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink. 7 For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God hath been with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.
Here is, I. A short account of the long stay of Israel in the wilderness: We compassed Mount Seir many days, v. 1. Nearly thirty-eight years they wandered in the deserts of Seir; probably in some of their rests they staid several years, and never stirred; God by this not only chastised them for their murmuring and unbelief, but, 1. Prepared them for Canaan, by humbling them for sin, teaching them to mortify their lusts, to follow God, and to comfort themselves in him. It is a work of time to make souls meet for heaven, and it must be done by a long train of exercises. 2. He prepared the Canaanites for destruction. All this time the measure of their iniquity was filling up; and, though it might have been improved by them as a space to repent in, it was abused by them to the hardening of their hearts. Now that the host of Israel was once repulsed, and after that was so long entangled and seemingly lost in the wilderness, they were secure, and thought the danger was over from that quarter, which would make the next attempt of Israel upon them the more dreadful.
II. Orders given them to turn towards Canaan. Though God contend long, he will not contend for ever. Though Israel may be long kept waiting for deliverance or enlargement, it will come at last: The vision is for an appointed time, and at the end it shall speak, and not lie.
III. A charge given them not to annoy the Edomites.
1. They must not offer any hostility to them as enemies: Meddle not with them, v. 4, 5. (1.) They must not improve the advantage they had against them, by the fright they would be put into upon Israel's approach: "They shall be afraid of you, knowing your strength and numbers, and the power of God engaged for you; but think not that, because their fears make them an easy prey, you may therefore prey upon them; no, take heed to yourselves." There is need of great caution and a strict government of our own spirits, to keep ourselves from injuring those against whom we have an advantage. Or this caution is given to the princes; they must not only not meddle with the Edomites themselves, but not permit any of the soldiers to meddle with them. (2.) They must not avenge upon the Edomites the affront they gave them in refusing them passage through their country, Num. xx. 21. Thus, before God brought Israel to destroy their enemies in Canaan, he taught them to forgive their enemies in Edom. (3.) They must not expect to have any part of their land given them for a possession: Mount Seir was already settled upon the Edomites, and they must not, under pretence of God's covenant and conduct, think to seize for themselves all they could lay hands on. Dominion is not founded in grace. God's Israel shall be well placed, but must not expect to be placed alone in the midst of the earth, Isa. v. 8.
2. They must trade with them as neighbours, buy meat and water of them, and pay for what they bought, v. 6. Religion must never be made a cloak for injustice. The reason given (v. 7), is, "God hath blessed thee, and hitherto thou hast lacked nothing; and therefore," (1.) "Thou needest not beg; scorn to be beholden to Edomites, when thou hast a God all-sufficient to depend upon. Thou hast wherewithal to pay for what thou callest for (thanks to the divine blessing!); use therefore what thou hast, use it cheerfully, and do not sponge upon the Edomites." (2.) "Therefore thou must not steal. Thou hast experienced the care of the divine providence concerning thee, in confidence of which for the future, and in a firm belief of its sufficiency, never use any indirect methods for thy supply. Live by the faith and not by thy sword."
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:1: Deu 2:1 seems to refer in general terms to the long years of wandering, the details of which were not for Moses' present purpose. The command of Deu 2:2-3 relates to their journey from Kadesh to Mount Hor Num 20:22; Num 33:37, and directs their march around to the southern extremity of Mount Seir, so as to "compass the land of Edom" Jdg 11:18; Num 21:4, and so northward toward the Arnon, i. e., "by the way of the wilderness of Moab," Deu 2:8. This circuitous path was followed because of the refusal of the Edomites to allow the people to pass through their territory.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:1: we turned: Deu 1:40; Num 14:25
we compassed: Deu 1:2; Num 21:4; Jdg 11:18
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
2:1
March from Kadesh to the Frontier of the Amorites. - Deut 2:1. After a long stay in Kadesh, they commenced their return into the desert. The words, "We departed...by the way to the Red Sea," point back to Num 14:25. This departure is expressly designated as an act of obedience to the divine command recorded there, by the expression "as Jehovah spake to me." Consequently Moses is not speaking here of the second departure of the congregation from Kadesh to go to Mount Hor (Num 20:22), but of the first departure after the condemnation of the generation that came out of Egypt. "And we went round Mount Seir many days." This going round Mount Seir includes the thirty-eight years' wanderings, though we are not therefore to picture it as "going backwards and forwards, and then entering the Arabah again" (Schultz). Just as Moses passed over the reassembling of the congregation at Kadesh (Num 20:1), so he also overlooked the going to and fro in the desert, and fixed his eye more closely upon the last journey from Kadesh to Mount Hor, that he might recall to the memory of the congregation how the Lord had led them to the end of all their wandering.
Deut 2:2-6
When they had gone through the Arabah to the southern extremity, the Lord commanded them to turn northwards, i.e., to go round the southern end of Mount Seir, and proceed northwards on the eastern side of it (see at Num 21:10), without going to war with the Edomites (התגּרה, to stir oneself up against a person to conflict, מלחמה), as He would not give them a foot-breadth of their land; for He had given Esau (the Edomites) Mount Seir for a possession. For this reason they were to buy victuals and water of them for money (כּרה, to dig, to dig water, i.e., procure water, as it was often necessary to dig wells, and not merely to draw it, Gen 26:25. The verb כּרה does not signify to buy).
Deut 2:7
And this they were able to do, because the Lord had blessed them in all the work of their hand, i.e., not merely in the rearing of flocks and herds, which they had carried on in the desert (Ex 19:13; Ex 34:3; Num 20:19; Num 32:1.), but in all that they did for a living; whether, for example, when stopping for a long time in the same place of encampment, they sowed in suitable spots and reaped, or whether they sold the produce of their toil and skill to the Arabs of the desert. "He hath observed thy going through this great desert" (ידע, to know, then to trouble oneself, Gen 39:6; to observe carefully, Prov 27:23; Ps 1:6); and He has not suffered thee to want anything for forty years, but as often as want has occurred, He has miraculously provided for every necessity.
Deut 2:8-10
In accordance with this divine command, they went past the Edomites by the side of their mountains, "from the way of the Arabah, from Elath (see at Gen 14:6) and Eziongeber" (see at Num 33:35), sc., into the steppes of Moab, where they were encamped at that time.
God commanded them to behave in the same manner towards the Moabites, when they approached their frontier (Deut 2:9). They were not to touch their land, because the Lord had given Ar to the descendants of Lot for a possession. In Deut 2:9 the Moabites are mentioned, and in Deut 2:19 the Amorites also. The Moabites are designated as "sons of Lot," for the same reason for which the Edomites are called "brethren of Israel" in Deut 2:4. The Israelites were to uphold the bond of blood-relationship with these tribes in the most sacred manner. Ar, the capital of Moabitis (see at Num 21:15), is used here for the land itself, which was named after the capital, and governed by it.
Deut 2:11-12
To confirm the fact that the Moabites and also the Edomites had received from God the land which they inhabited as a possession, Moses interpolates into the words of Jehovah certain ethnographical notices concerning the earlier inhabitants of these lands, from which it is obvious that Edom and Moab had not destroyed them by their own power, but that Jehovah had destroyed them before them, as is expressly stated in Deut 2:21, Deut 2:22. "The Emim dwelt formerly therein," sc., in Ar and its territory, in Moabitis, "a high (i.e., strong) and numerous people, of gigantic stature, which were also reckoned among the Rephaites, like the Enakites (Anakim)." Emim, i.e., frightful, terrible, was the name given to them by the Moabites. Whether this earlier or original population of Moabitis was of Hamitic or Semitic descent cannot be determined, any more than the connection between the Emim and the Rephaim can be ascertained. On the Rephaim; and on the Anakites, at Num 13:22.
Deut 2:12
The origin of the Horites (i.e., the dwellers in caves) of Mount Seir, who were driven out of their possessions by the descendants of Esau, and completely exterminated (see at Gen 14:6, and Gen 36:20), is altogether involved in obscurity. The words, "as Israel has done to the land of his possession, which Jehovah has given them," do not presuppose the conquest of the land of Canaan or a post-Mosaic authorship; but "the land of his possession" is the land to the east of the Jordan (Gilead and Bashan), which was conquered by the Israelites under Moses, and divided among the two tribes and a half, and which is also described in Deut 3:20 as the "possession" which Jehovah had given to these tribes.
Deut 2:13-15
For this reason Israel was to remove from the desert of Moab (i.e., the desert which bounded Moabitis on the east), and to cross over the brook Zered, to advance against the country of the Amorites (see at Num 21:12-13). This occurred thirty-eight years after the condemnation of the people at Kadesh (Num 14:23, Num 14:29), when the generation rejected by God had entirely died out (תּמם, to be all gone, to disappear), so that not one of them saw the promised land. They did not all die a natural death, however, but "the hand of the Lord was against them to destroy them" (המם, lit., to throw into confusion, then used with special reference to the terrors with which Jehovah destroyed His enemies; Ex 14:24; Ex 23:27, etc.), sc., by extraordinary judgments (as in Num 16:35; Num 18:1; Num 21:6; Num 25:9).
Deut 2:16-22
When this generation had quite died out, the Lord made known to Moses, and through him to the people, that they were to cross over the boundary of Moab (i.e., the Arnon, Deut 2:24; see at Num 21:13), the land of Ar (see at Deut 2:9), "to come nigh over against the children of Ammon," i.e., to advance into the neighbourhood of the Ammonites, who lived to the east of Moab; but they were not to meddle with these descendants of Lot, because He would give them nothing of the land that was given them for a possession (Deut 2:19, as at Deut 2:5 and Deut 2:9). - To confirm this, ethnographical notices are introduced again in Deut 2:20-22 into the words of God (as in Deut 2:10, Deut 2:11), concerning the earlier population of the country of the Ammonites. Ammonitis was also regarded as a land of the Rephaites, because Rephaites dwelt therein, whom the Ammonites called Zamzummim. "Zamzummim," from זמם, to hum, then to muse, equivalent to the humming or roaring people, probably the same people as the Zuzim mentioned in Gen 14:5. This giant tribe Jehovah had destroyed before the Ammonites (Deut 2:22), just as He had done for the sons of Esau dwelling upon Mount Seir, namely, destroyed the Horites before them, so that the Edomites "dwelt in their stead, even unto this day."
Deut 2:23
As the Horites had been exterminated by the Edomites, so were the Avvaeans (Avvim), who dwelt in farms (villages) at the south-west corner of Canaan, as far as Gaza, driven out of their possessions and exterminated by the Caphtorites, who sprang from Caphtor (see at Gen 10:14), although, according to Josh 13:3, some remnants of them were to be found among the Philistines even at that time. This notice appears to be attached to the foregoing remarks simply on account of the substantial analogy between them, without there being any intention to imply that the Israelites were to assume the same attitude towards the Caphtorites, who afterwards rose up in the persons of the Philistines, as towards the descendants of Esau and Lot.
Geneva 1599
2:1 Then (a) we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, as the LORD spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir (b) many days.
(a) They obeyed, after God had chastised them.
(b) Eight and thirty years, as in (Deut 2:14).
John Gill
2:1 Then we turned,.... From Kadesh, where they had been many days, and so also their backs on the land of Canaan, on the borders of which they had been:
and took our journey into the wilderness, by the way of the Red sea, as the Lord spake unto me; Deut 1:40.
and we compassed Mount Seir many days; many think by Mount Seir is meant the whole mountainous country of Edom, about which they travelled to and fro in the wilderness that lay near it for the space of thirty eight years, which they suppose are meant by many days; but I rather think they came to this mount towards the close of the thirty eight years, before they came to Kadesh, from whence they sent messengers to Edom, which they went round about for several days,
John Wesley
2:1 Mount Seir - The mountainous country of Seir or Edom. Many days - Even for thirty eight years.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:1 THE STORY IS CONTINUED. (Deu. 2:1-37)
Then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the way of the Red Sea--After their unsuccessful attack upon the Canaanites, the Israelites broke up their encampment at Kadesh, and journeying southward over the west desert of Tih as well as through the great valley of the Ghor and Arabah, they extended their removals as far as the gulf of Akaba.
we compassed mount Seir many days--In these few words Moses comprised the whole of that wandering nomadic life through which they passed during thirty-eight years, shifting from place to place, and regulating their stations by the prospect of pasturage and water. Within the interval they went northward a second time to Kadesh, but being refused a passage through Edom and opposed by the Canaanites and Amalekites, they again had no alternative but to traverse once more the great Arabah southwards to the Red Sea, where turning to the left and crossing the long, lofty mountain chain to the eastward of Ezion-geber (Num 21:4-5), they issued into the great and elevated plains, which are still traversed by the Syrian pilgrims in their way to Mecca. They appear to have followed northward nearly the same route, which is now taken by the Syrian hadji, along the western skirts of this great desert, near the mountains of Edom [ROBINSON]. It was on entering these plains they received the command, "Ye have compassed this mountain (this hilly tract, now Jebel Shera) long enough, turn ye northward" [Deut 2:3].
2:22:2: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր.
2 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Բաւական է որքան պտտուեցիք լերան շուրջը: Այժմ ուղղութիւն վերցրէ՛ք դէպի հիւսիս:
2 Տէրը ինծի խօսեցաւ ու ըսաւ.
Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր:

2:2: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր.
2 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Բաւական է որքան պտտուեցիք լերան շուրջը: Այժմ ուղղութիւն վերցրէ՛ք դէպի հիւսիս:
2 Տէրը ինծի խօսեցաւ ու ըսաւ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:22: И сказал мне Господь, говоря:
2:2 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me
2:2 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:2. dixitque Dominus ad meAnd the Lord said to me:
2. And the LORD spake unto me, saying,
2:2. And the Lord said to me:
2:2. And the LORD spake unto me, saying,
And the LORD spake unto me, saying:

2: И сказал мне Господь, говоря:
2:2
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
2:2
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:2. dixitque Dominus ad me
And the Lord said to me:
2:2. And the Lord said to me:
2:2. And the LORD spake unto me, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
2:2 And the Lord spake unto me,.... While about Mount Seir:
saying; as follows.
2:32:3: Շա՛տ լիցի ձեզ պատել զլերամբդ. արդ՝ դարձարո՛ւք ընդ կողմն հիւսւսոյ։
3 Ժողովրդիդ պատուիրի՛ր՝ ասելով.
3 ‘Ա՛լ հերիք է այդ լերանը բոլորտիքը պտըտիք. հիւսիսային կողմը դարձէք։
Շատ լիցի ձեզ պատել զլերամբդ. արդ դարձարուք ընդ կողմն հիւսիսոյ:

2:3: Շա՛տ լիցի ձեզ պատել զլերամբդ. արդ՝ դարձարո՛ւք ընդ կողմն հիւսւսոյ։
3 Ժողովրդիդ պատուիրի՛ր՝ ասելով.
3 ‘Ա՛լ հերիք է այդ լերանը բոլորտիքը պտըտիք. հիւսիսային կողմը դարձէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:33: полно вам ходить вокруг этой горы, обратитесь к северу;
2:3 ἱκανούσθω ικανοω make adequate; sufficient ὑμῖν υμιν you κυκλοῦν κυκλοω encircle; surround τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount τοῦτο ουτος this; he ἐπιστράφητε επιστρεφω turn around; return οὖν ουν then ἐπὶ επι in; on βορρᾶν βορρας north wind
2:3 רַב־ rav- רַב much לָכֶ֕ם lāḵˈem לְ to סֹ֖ב sˌōv סבב turn אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the הָ֣ר hˈār הַר mountain הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this פְּנ֥וּ pᵊnˌû פנה turn לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to צָפֹֽנָה׃ ṣāfˈōnā צָפֹון north
2:3. sufficit vobis circumire montem istum ite contra aquilonemYou have compassed this mountain long enough: go toward the north:
3. Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward.
2:3. ‘You have encompassed this mountain for long enough. Go forth, toward the north.
2:3. Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward.
Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward:

3: полно вам ходить вокруг этой горы, обратитесь к северу;
2:3
ἱκανούσθω ικανοω make adequate; sufficient
ὑμῖν υμιν you
κυκλοῦν κυκλοω encircle; surround
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
ἐπιστράφητε επιστρεφω turn around; return
οὖν ουν then
ἐπὶ επι in; on
βορρᾶν βορρας north wind
2:3
רַב־ rav- רַב much
לָכֶ֕ם lāḵˈem לְ to
סֹ֖ב sˌōv סבב turn
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
הָ֣ר hˈār הַר mountain
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
פְּנ֥וּ pᵊnˌû פנה turn
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
צָפֹֽנָה׃ ṣāfˈōnā צָפֹון north
2:3. sufficit vobis circumire montem istum ite contra aquilonem
You have compassed this mountain long enough: go toward the north:
2:3. ‘You have encompassed this mountain for long enough. Go forth, toward the north.
2:3. Ye have compassed this mountain long enough: turn you northward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:3: Turn you northward - From Mount Seir, in order to get to Canaan. This was not the way they went before, viz., by Kadesh-barnea, but they were to proceed between Edom on the one hand, and Moab and Ammon on the other, so as to enter into Canaan through the land of the Amorites.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:3: long enough: Deu 2:7, Deu 2:14, Deu 1:6
John Gill
2:3 Ye have compassed this mountain long enough,.... It was time to be gone from thence, as from Horeb, Deut 1:6,
turn you northward; from the southern border of Edom towards the land of Canaan, which lay north. It was from Eziongeber in the land of Edom, from whence the Israelites came to Kadesh, where they sent messengers to the king of Edom, to desire a passage through his land; see Num 33:36.
John Wesley
2:3 Northward - Towards the land of the Amorites and Canaanites.
2:42:4: Եւ ժողովրդեանդ պատուէր տուր՝ եւ ասասցես. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէք առ սահմանօք եղբարց ձերոց՝ որդւոց Եսաւայ, որ բնակեալ են ՚ի Սէիր. եւ երկնչիցի՛ն ՚ի ձէնջ։
4 “Դուք, ահա, անցնում էք Սէիրում բնակուող ձեր եղբայրների՝ Եսաւի որդիների սահմանը: Նրանք ձեզանից պիտի վախենան:
4 Ժողովուրդին պատուիրէ՛ ու ըսէ՛. Դուք հիմա Սէիր բնակող ձեր եղբայրներուն՝ Եսաւի որդիներուն՝ սահմանէն պիտի անցնիք։ Անոնք ձեզմէ պիտի վախնան, բայց դուք մեծապէս զգուշացէք.
Եւ ժողովրդեանդ պատուէր տուր եւ ասասցես. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէք առ սահմանօք եղբարց ձերոց` որդւոց Եսաւայ, որ բնակեալ են ի Սէիր. եւ երկնչիցին ի ձէնջ, եւ զգուշանայցէք յոյժ:

2:4: Եւ ժողովրդեանդ պատուէր տուր՝ եւ ասասցես. Դուք աւադիկ անցանէք առ սահմանօք եղբարց ձերոց՝ որդւոց Եսաւայ, որ բնակեալ են ՚ի Սէիր. եւ երկնչիցի՛ն ՚ի ձէնջ։
4 “Դուք, ահա, անցնում էք Սէիրում բնակուող ձեր եղբայրների՝ Եսաւի որդիների սահմանը: Նրանք ձեզանից պիտի վախենան:
4 Ժողովուրդին պատուիրէ՛ ու ըսէ՛. Դուք հիմա Սէիր բնակող ձեր եղբայրներուն՝ Եսաւի որդիներուն՝ սահմանէն պիտի անցնիք։ Անոնք ձեզմէ պիտի վախնան, բայց դուք մեծապէս զգուշացէք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:44: и народу дай повеление и скажи: вы будете проходить пределы братьев ваших, сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, и они убоятся вас; но остерегайтесь
2:4 καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population ἔντειλαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin λέγων λεγω tell; declare ὑμεῖς υμεις you παραπορεύεσθε παραπορευομαι travel by / around διὰ δια through; because of τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier τῶν ο the ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother ὑμῶν υμων your υἱῶν υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav οἳ ος who; what κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Σηιρ σηιρ and; even φοβηθήσονται φοβεω afraid; fear ὑμᾶς υμας you καὶ και and; even εὐλαβηθήσονται ευλαβεομαι conscientious ὑμᾶς υμας you σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
2:4 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the עָם֮ ʕām עַם people צַ֣ו ṣˈaw צוה command לֵ lē לְ to אמֹר֒ ʔmˌōr אמר say אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹֽבְרִ֗ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass בִּ bi בְּ in גְבוּל֙ ḡᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם ʔᵃḥêḵˈem אָח brother בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau הַ ha הַ the יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֵׂעִ֑יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir וְ wᵊ וְ and יִֽירְא֣וּ yˈîrᵊʔˈû ירא fear מִכֶּ֔ם mikkˈem מִן from וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם nišmartˌem שׁמר keep מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
2:4. et populo praecipe dicens transibitis per terminos fratrum vestrorum filiorum Esau qui habitant in Seir et timebunt vosAnd command thou the people, saying: You shall pass by the borders of your brethren the children of Esau, who dwell in Seir, and they will be afraid of you.
4. And command thou the people, saying, Ye are to pass through the border of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore:
2:4. And instruct the people, saying: You shall cross through the borders of your brothers, the sons of Esau, who live at Seir, and they will fear you.
2:4. And command thou the people, saying, Ye [are] to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore:
And command thou the people, saying, Ye [are] to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore:

4: и народу дай повеление и скажи: вы будете проходить пределы братьев ваших, сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, и они убоятся вас; но остерегайтесь
2:4
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
ἔντειλαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
παραπορεύεσθε παραπορευομαι travel by / around
διὰ δια through; because of
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
τῶν ο the
ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother
ὑμῶν υμων your
υἱῶν υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
οἳ ος who; what
κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Σηιρ σηιρ and; even
φοβηθήσονται φοβεω afraid; fear
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καὶ και and; even
εὐλαβηθήσονται ευλαβεομαι conscientious
ὑμᾶς υμας you
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
2:4
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
עָם֮ ʕām עַם people
צַ֣ו ṣˈaw צוה command
לֵ לְ to
אמֹר֒ ʔmˌōr אמר say
אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹֽבְרִ֗ים ʕˈōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
בִּ bi בְּ in
גְבוּל֙ ḡᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם ʔᵃḥêḵˈem אָח brother
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂעִ֑יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִֽירְא֣וּ yˈîrᵊʔˈû ירא fear
מִכֶּ֔ם mikkˈem מִן from
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם nišmartˌem שׁמר keep
מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
2:4. et populo praecipe dicens transibitis per terminos fratrum vestrorum filiorum Esau qui habitant in Seir et timebunt vos
And command thou the people, saying: You shall pass by the borders of your brethren the children of Esau, who dwell in Seir, and they will be afraid of you.
2:4. And instruct the people, saying: You shall cross through the borders of your brothers, the sons of Esau, who live at Seir, and they will fear you.
2:4. And command thou the people, saying, Ye [are] to pass through the coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4-23: Ср. Чис ХX:14–22; XXI:4, 9–20.

«Остерегайтесь начинать войну» с родственными вам народами Едома, Моавии, Аммона. Если бы евреи исполнили этот совет, то положение их в Ханаане было бы очень прочным. Защищенные с севера Ливаном и Антиливаном, с весьма легко защищаемым Емафским проходом, с юга — скалистой цепью гор с нелегко проходимыми ущельями, с востока — пустыней и Мертвым морем, с запада — Средиземным морем, они имели бы в то же время три крепких передовых поста: едомитян на юго-востоке Ханаана, моавитян — на восток от Мертвого моря и аммонитян — на восток от устьев Иордана.

«И шли мы мимо братьев наших, сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, путем равнины от Елафа и Ецион-Гавера» (ст. 8). Срав. 4: ст. XXI гл. кн. Чис: «от горы Ор отправились они путем Чермного моря». Т. е. путь евреев пролегал по той равнине, которая идет от северной оконечности черноморскою залива Акаба (Елаф, Ецион-Гавер) к северо-востоку, параллельно восточным склонам Идумейских гор, и по которой по настоящее время совершают свое путешествие караваны, идущие из Мекки в Дамаск.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:4: Compare the marginal reference. Though the Edomites resisted the passage through the midst of their land, they did not, and probably could not, oppose the "passing through the coast" or along their eastern frontier.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:4: Ye are to pass: Deu 23:7; Num 20:14-21; Oba 1:10-13
they shall: Exo 15:15; Num 22:3, Num 22:4, Num 24:14-18
take ye: Mat 5:16; Luk 12:15; Eph 5:15; Phi 2:15; Col 4:5
Geneva 1599
2:4 And command thou the people, saying, Ye [are] to pass through the (c) coast of your brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir; and they shall be afraid of you: take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore:
(c) This was the second time, before they had caused the Israelites to return, (Num 20:21).
John Gill
2:4 And command thou the people,.... Give them a strict charge:
saying, ye are to pass through the coast of your brethren the children or Esau: not through the midst of their country, for that the king of Edom would not admit of, but by or on the border of it:
and they shall be afraid of you; lest such a numerous body of people as Israel were should seize upon their country, and dispossess them of it, they having been so long, wanderers in a wilderness near them:
take ye good heed unto yourselves therefore; that they did not take any advantage of their fears, and fall upon them, and do them mischief, or that they did not provoke them to battle and overcome them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:4 the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir . . . shall be afraid of you--The same people who had haughtily repelled the approach of the Israelites from the western frontier were alarmed now that they had come round upon the weak side of their country.
2:52:5: Եւ զգուշանայցէ՛ք յոյժ. մի՛ գրգռիցիք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ, զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ յերկրէ նոցա՝ եւ ո՛չ քայլ մի ոտին. քանզի վիճակա՛ւ ետու Եսաւայ զլեառնն Սէիր[1646]։ [1646] Ոմանք. Մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ։
5 Խիստ զգո՛յշ եղէք, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ չհրահրէք, որովհետեւ նրանց երկրից մի ոտնաչափ անգամ հող չեմ տալու ձեզ, քանի որ Սէիր լեռը Եսաւին եմ տուել իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
5 Անոնց հետ մի՛ կռուիք. քանզի ես ձեզի անոնց երկրէն մէկ ոտնաքայլ տեղ ալ պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ Սէիր լեռը Եսաւին ժառանգութիւն տուեր եմ։
մի՛ գրգռիցիք ընդ նոսա ի պատերազմ, զի ոչ տաց ձեզ յերկրէ նոցա եւ ոչ քայլ մի ոտին. քանզի վիճակաւ ետու Եսաւայ զլեառնն Սէիր:

2:5: Եւ զգուշանայցէ՛ք յոյժ. մի՛ գրգռիցիք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ, զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ յերկրէ նոցա՝ եւ ո՛չ քայլ մի ոտին. քանզի վիճակա՛ւ ետու Եսաւայ զլեառնն Սէիր[1646]։
[1646] Ոմանք. Մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ։
5 Խիստ զգո՛յշ եղէք, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ չհրահրէք, որովհետեւ նրանց երկրից մի ոտնաչափ անգամ հող չեմ տալու ձեզ, քանի որ Սէիր լեռը Եսաւին եմ տուել իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
5 Անոնց հետ մի՛ կռուիք. քանզի ես ձեզի անոնց երկրէն մէկ ոտնաքայլ տեղ ալ պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ Սէիր լեռը Եսաւին ժառանգութիւն տուեր եմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:55: начинать с ними войну, ибо Я не дам вам земли их ни на стопу ноги, потому что гору Сеир Я дал во владение Исаву;
2:5 μὴ μη not συνάψητε συναπτω to; toward αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him πόλεμον πολεμος battle οὐ ου not γὰρ γαρ for μὴ μη not δῶ διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither βῆμα βημα step; tribunal ποδός πους foot; pace ὅτι οτι since; that ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount τὸ ο the Σηιρ σηιρ Sēir; Sir
2:5 אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּתְגָּר֣וּ tiṯgārˈû גרה stir בָ֔ם vˈām בְּ in כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אֶתֵּ֤ן ʔettˈēn נתן give לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אַרְצָ֔ם ʔarṣˈām אֶרֶץ earth עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto מִדְרַ֣ךְ miḏrˈaḵ מִדְרָךְ footstep כַּף־ kaf- כַּף palm רָ֑גֶל rˈāḡel רֶגֶל foot כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain שֵׂעִֽיר׃ śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
2:5. videte ergo diligenter ne moveamini contra eos neque enim dabo vobis de terra eorum quantum potest unius pedis calcare vestigium quia in possessionem Esau dedi montem SeirTake ye then good heed that you stir not against them. For I will not give you of their land so much as the step of one foot can tread upon, because I have given mount Seir to Esau, for a possession.
5. contend not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as for the sole of the foot to tread on: because I have given mount Seir unto Esau for a possession.
2:5. Therefore, take care diligently, lest you be moved against them. For I will not give to you from their land even as much as the step that one foot can tread upon, because I have given Mount Seir to Esau as a possession.
2:5. Meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given mount Seir unto Esau [for] a possession.
Meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given mount Seir unto Esau [for] a possession:

5: начинать с ними войну, ибо Я не дам вам земли их ни на стопу ноги, потому что гору Сеир Я дал во владение Исаву;
2:5
μὴ μη not
συνάψητε συναπτω to; toward
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
οὐ ου not
γὰρ γαρ for
μὴ μη not
δῶ διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
βῆμα βημα step; tribunal
ποδός πους foot; pace
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
τὸ ο the
Σηιρ σηιρ Sēir; Sir
2:5
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּתְגָּר֣וּ tiṯgārˈû גרה stir
בָ֔ם vˈām בְּ in
כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אֶתֵּ֤ן ʔettˈēn נתן give
לָכֶם֙ lāḵˌem לְ to
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אַרְצָ֔ם ʔarṣˈām אֶרֶץ earth
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
מִדְרַ֣ךְ miḏrˈaḵ מִדְרָךְ footstep
כַּף־ kaf- כַּף palm
רָ֑גֶל rˈāḡel רֶגֶל foot
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
שֵׂעִֽיר׃ śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
2:5. videte ergo diligenter ne moveamini contra eos neque enim dabo vobis de terra eorum quantum potest unius pedis calcare vestigium quia in possessionem Esau dedi montem Seir
Take ye then good heed that you stir not against them. For I will not give you of their land so much as the step of one foot can tread upon, because I have given mount Seir to Esau, for a possession.
2:5. Therefore, take care diligently, lest you be moved against them. For I will not give to you from their land even as much as the step that one foot can tread upon, because I have given Mount Seir to Esau as a possession.
2:5. Meddle not with them; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as a foot breadth; because I have given mount Seir unto Esau [for] a possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:5: Meddle not with them - That is, the Edomites. See on Num 20:14-21 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:5: I have given mount Seir to Esau - Though the descendants of Esau were conquered by David Sa2 8:14, yet they were not dispossessed of their land, and in the reign of Jehoshaphat they regained their independence Kg2 8:20-22.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:5: no, not so much as a foot breadth: Heb. even to the treading of the sole of the foot, Act 7:5
because: Deu 32:8; Gen 36:8; Jos 24:4; Ch2 20:10-12; Jer 27:5; Dan 4:25, Dan 4:32; Act 17:26
John Gill
2:5 Contend not with them in battle, nor provoke them to it:
for I will not give you of their land, no not so much as a foot breadth; or as the sole of a man's foot can tread on, signifying that they should not have the least part of it, not any at all. Jarchi makes mention of an exposition of theirs, that he would give them nothing of it until should come the day of the treading of the sole of the foot in the mount of Olives, Zech 14:4, meaning not till the days of the Messiah, when Edom should be a possession of Israel; see Num 24:18, Obad 1:19.
because I have given Mount Seir unto Esau for a possession; and therefore not to be taken away from them; they have a right of inheritance of it; see Gen 36:8.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:5 Meddle not with them--that is, "which dwell in Seir" (Deut 2:4) --for there was another branch of Esau's posterity, namely, the Amalekites, who were to be fought against and destroyed (Gen 36:12; Ex 17:14; Deut 25:17). But the people of Edom were not to be injured, either in their persons or property. And although the approach of so vast a nomadic horde as the Israelites naturally created apprehension, they were to take no advantage of the prevailing terror to compel the Edomites to accept whatever terms they imposed. They were merely to pass "through" or along their border, and to buy meat and water of them for money (Deut 2:6). The people, kinder than their king, did sell them bread, meat, fruits, and water in their passage along their border (Deut 2:29), in the same manner as the Syrian caravan of Mecca is now supplied by the people of the same mountains, who meet the pilgrims as at a fair or market on the hadji route [ROBINSON]. Although the Israelites still enjoyed a daily supply of the manna, there was no prohibition against their eating other food when opportunity afforded. Only they were not to cherish an inordinate desire for it. Water is a scarce commodity and is often paid for by travellers in those parts. It was the more incumbent on the Israelites to do so, as, by the blessing of God, they possessed plenty of means to purchase, and the long-continued experience of the extraordinary goodness of God to them, should inspire such confidence in Him as would suppress the smallest thought of resorting to fraud or violence in supplying their wants.
2:62:6: Կերակուրս գնեսջի՛ք ՚ի նոցանէ եւ կերիջիք. եւ ջուր չափո՛վ արծաթոյ առջիք ՚ի նոցանէ՝ եւ արբջիք։
6 Ուտելիքը նրանցից գնեցէ՛ք ու կերէ՛ք, ջուրը նրանցից առէ՛ք արծաթով ու խմեցէ՛ք:
6 Կերակուրը ստակով ծախու առէք անոնցմէ եւ կերէք եւ ջուրն ալ ստակով ծախու առէք անոնցմէ ու խմեցէք.
Կերակուրս գնեսջիք ի նոցանէ[25] եւ կերիջիք, եւ ջուր չափով արծաթոյ առջիք ի նոցանէ եւ արբջիք:

2:6: Կերակուրս գնեսջի՛ք ՚ի նոցանէ եւ կերիջիք. եւ ջուր չափո՛վ արծաթոյ առջիք ՚ի նոցանէ՝ եւ արբջիք։
6 Ուտելիքը նրանցից գնեցէ՛ք ու կերէ՛ք, ջուրը նրանցից առէ՛ք արծաթով ու խմեցէ՛ք:
6 Կերակուրը ստակով ծախու առէք անոնցմէ եւ կերէք եւ ջուրն ալ ստակով ծախու առէք անոնցմէ ու խմեցէք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:66: пищу покупайте у них за серебро и ешьте; и воду покупайте у них за серебро и пейте;
2:6 βρώματα βρωμα food ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money ἀγοράσατε αγοραζω buy παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume καὶ και and; even ὕδωρ υδωρ water μέτρῳ μετρον measure λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money καὶ και and; even πίεσθε πινω drink
2:6 אֹ֣כֶל ʔˈōḵel אֹכֶל food תִּשְׁבְּר֧וּ tišbᵊrˈû שׁבר buy grain מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אִתָּ֛ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver וַ wa וְ and אֲכַלְתֶּ֑ם ʔᵃḵaltˈem אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even מַ֜יִם mˈayim מַיִם water תִּכְר֧וּ tiḵrˈû כרה purchase מֵ mē מִן from אִתָּ֛ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver וּ û וְ and שְׁתִיתֶֽם׃ šᵊṯîṯˈem שׁתה drink
2:6. cibos emetis ab eis pecunia et comedetis aquam emptam haurietis et bibetisYou shall buy meats of them for money and shall eat: you shall draw waters for money, and shall drink.
6. Ye shall purchase food of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink.
2:6. You shall buy food from them for money, and you shall eat. You shall draw water for money, and you shall drink.
2:6. Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink.
Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink:

6: пищу покупайте у них за серебро и ешьте; и воду покупайте у них за серебро и пейте;
2:6
βρώματα βρωμα food
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
ἀγοράσατε αγοραζω buy
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
φάγεσθε εσθιω eat; consume
καὶ και and; even
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
μέτρῳ μετρον measure
λήμψεσθε λαμβανω take; get
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
καὶ και and; even
πίεσθε πινω drink
2:6
אֹ֣כֶל ʔˈōḵel אֹכֶל food
תִּשְׁבְּר֧וּ tišbᵊrˈû שׁבר buy grain
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אִתָּ֛ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver
וַ wa וְ and
אֲכַלְתֶּ֑ם ʔᵃḵaltˈem אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even
מַ֜יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
תִּכְר֧וּ tiḵrˈû כרה purchase
מֵ מִן from
אִתָּ֛ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
כֶּ֖סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver
וּ û וְ and
שְׁתִיתֶֽם׃ šᵊṯîṯˈem שׁתה drink
2:6. cibos emetis ab eis pecunia et comedetis aquam emptam haurietis et bibetis
You shall buy meats of them for money and shall eat: you shall draw waters for money, and shall drink.
2:6. You shall buy food from them for money, and you shall eat. You shall draw water for money, and you shall drink.
2:6. Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:6: Deu 2:28, Deu 2:29; Num 20:19; Mat 7:12; Rom 12:17; Th2 3:7, Th2 3:8
John Gill
2:6 That is, if they would, as Aben Ezra observes; for though they had manna daily, yet if they would they might buy other food when they had an opportunity, as they would now have of Edom; but then they were not to take it by force or stealth, but pay for it, which they were able to do. The same writer observes, that some read the words with an interrogation, "shall ye buy meat?" no, there is no need of it; for the Lord had blessed them with a sufficiency of it:
and ye shall also buy water of them for money; that ye may drink; which was usual in those hot countries; See Gill on Num 20:19 or dig water (y) that is, pay for digging of wells for water, or buy water out of wells dug in the land of Edom. Jarchi says in maritime places they express buying by this word, and so it is used in the Arabic language; See Gill on Hos 3:2.
(y) "fodietis", Montanus.
John Wesley
2:6 Buy meat - For thongh the manna did yet rain upon them, they were not forbidden to buy other meats when they had opportunity, but only were forbidden greedily to hunger after them when they could not obtain them. Buy water - For water in those parts was scarce, and therefore private persons did severally dig pits for their particular use.
2:72:7: Զի Տէր Աստուած մեր օրհնեաց զքեզ յամենայն գործս ձեռաց քոց։ Ծանի՛ր զիա՛րդ անցեր ընդ անապատն մե՛ծ եւ ահագին. ահա քառասո՛ւն ամ Տէր Աստուած քո ընդ քե՛զ է. եւ ո՛չ իւիք կարօտեցար[1647]։ [1647] Յօրինակին. Օրհնեաց զյամենայն գործս։ Ոմանք. Մեծ եւ ընդ ահագին... եւ ո՛չ իւիք կարօտացար։
7 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը քեզ օրհնել է քո ձեռնարկած բոլոր գործերում: Իմացի՛ր, թէ ինչպէս անցար մեծ ու հսկայական անապատը: Ահա քառասուն տարի է, ինչ քո Տէր Աստուածը քեզ հետ է, եւ այդ ընթացքում ոչ մի բանի պակասութիւն չես զգացել”:
7 Քանզի քու Տէր Աստուածդ քու ձեռքիդ բոլոր գործերուն մէջ օրհնեց քեզ. անիկա գիտէ թէ դուն այս մեծ անապատին մէջ կը պտըտիս. քու Տէր Աստուածդ այս քառասուն տարին քեզի հետ էր ու բանի մը պակասութիւն չքաշեցիր’։
զի Տէր Աստուած [26]մեր օրհնեաց զքեզ յամենայն գործս ձեռաց քոց. [27]ծանիր զիարդ անցեր ընդ անապատն մեծ եւ ահագին. ահա քառասուն ամ Տէր Աստուած քո ընդ քեզ է, եւ ոչ իւիք կարօտացար:

2:7: Զի Տէր Աստուած մեր օրհնեաց զքեզ յամենայն գործս ձեռաց քոց։ Ծանի՛ր զիա՛րդ անցեր ընդ անապատն մե՛ծ եւ ահագին. ահա քառասո՛ւն ամ Տէր Աստուած քո ընդ քե՛զ է. եւ ո՛չ իւիք կարօտեցար[1647]։
[1647] Յօրինակին. Օրհնեաց զյամենայն գործս։ Ոմանք. Մեծ եւ ընդ ահագին... եւ ո՛չ իւիք կարօտացար։
7 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը քեզ օրհնել է քո ձեռնարկած բոլոր գործերում: Իմացի՛ր, թէ ինչպէս անցար մեծ ու հսկայական անապատը: Ահա քառասուն տարի է, ինչ քո Տէր Աստուածը քեզ հետ է, եւ այդ ընթացքում ոչ մի բանի պակասութիւն չես զգացել”:
7 Քանզի քու Տէր Աստուածդ քու ձեռքիդ բոլոր գործերուն մէջ օրհնեց քեզ. անիկա գիտէ թէ դուն այս մեծ անապատին մէջ կը պտըտիս. քու Տէր Աստուածդ այս քառասուն տարին քեզի հետ էր ու բանի մը պակասութիւն չքաշեցիր’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:77: ибо Господь, Бог твой, благословил тебя во всяком деле рук твоих, покровительствовал [тебе] во время путешествия твоего по великой пустыне сей; вот, сорок лет Господь, Бог твой, с тобою; ты ни в чем не терпел недостатка.
2:7 ὁ ο the γὰρ γαρ for κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our εὐλόγησέν ευλογεω commend; acclaim σε σε.1 you ἐν εν in παντὶ πας all; every ἔργῳ εργον work τῶν ο the χειρῶν χειρ hand σου σου of you; your διάγνωθι διαγινωσκω diagnose; decide πῶς πως.1 how διῆλθες διερχομαι pass through; spread τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness τὴν ο the μεγάλην μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the φοβερὰν φοβερος fearful; fearsome ἐκείνην εκεινος that ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty ἔτη ετος year κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your μετὰ μετα with; amid σοῦ σου of you; your οὐκ ου not ἐπεδεήθης επιδεω statement; phrase
2:7 כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) בֵּֽרַכְךָ֗ bˈēraḵᵊḵˈā ברך bless בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה maʕᵃśˈē מַעֲשֶׂה deed יָדֶ֔ךָ yāḏˈeḵā יָד hand יָדַ֣ע yāḏˈaʕ ידע know לֶכְתְּךָ֔ leḵtᵊḵˈā הלך walk אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֖ל ggāḏˌōl גָּדֹול great הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this זֶ֣ה׀ zˈeh זֶה this אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four שָׁנָ֗ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not חָסַ֖רְתָּ ḥāsˌartā חסר diminish דָּבָֽר׃ dāvˈār דָּבָר word
2:7. Dominus Deus tuus benedixit tibi in omni opere manuum tuarum novit iter tuum quomodo transieris solitudinem hanc magnam per quadraginta annos habitans tecum Dominus Deus tuus et nihil tibi defuitThe Lord thy God hath blessed thee in every work of thy hands: the Lord thy God dwelling with thee, knoweth thy journey, how thou hast passed through this great wilderness, for forty years, and thou hast wanted nothing.
7. For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the work of thy hand: he hath known thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God hath been with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.
2:7. The Lord your God has blessed you in every work of your hands. The Lord your God, dwelling with you, knows your journey, how you crossed through this great wilderness over forty years, and how you have been lacking in nothing.’
2:7. For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God [hath been] with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.
For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God [hath been] with thee; thou hast lacked nothing:

7: ибо Господь, Бог твой, благословил тебя во всяком деле рук твоих, покровительствовал [тебе] во время путешествия твоего по великой пустыне сей; вот, сорок лет Господь, Бог твой, с тобою; ты ни в чем не терпел недостатка.
2:7
ο the
γὰρ γαρ for
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
εὐλόγησέν ευλογεω commend; acclaim
σε σε.1 you
ἐν εν in
παντὶ πας all; every
ἔργῳ εργον work
τῶν ο the
χειρῶν χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
διάγνωθι διαγινωσκω diagnose; decide
πῶς πως.1 how
διῆλθες διερχομαι pass through; spread
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
τὴν ο the
μεγάλην μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
φοβερὰν φοβερος fearful; fearsome
ἐκείνην εκεινος that
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
τεσσαράκοντα τεσσαρακοντα forty
ἔτη ετος year
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
μετὰ μετα with; amid
σοῦ σου of you; your
οὐκ ου not
ἐπεδεήθης επιδεω statement; phrase
2:7
כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that
יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בֵּֽרַכְךָ֗ bˈēraḵᵊḵˈā ברך bless
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כֹל֙ ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה maʕᵃśˈē מַעֲשֶׂה deed
יָדֶ֔ךָ yāḏˈeḵā יָד hand
יָדַ֣ע yāḏˈaʕ ידע know
לֶכְתְּךָ֔ leḵtᵊḵˈā הלך walk
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֥ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֖ל ggāḏˌōl גָּדֹול great
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֑ה zzˈeh זֶה this
זֶ֣ה׀ zˈeh זֶה this
אַרְבָּעִ֣ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four
שָׁנָ֗ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
עִמָּ֔ךְ ʕimmˈāḵ עִם with
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
חָסַ֖רְתָּ ḥāsˌartā חסר diminish
דָּבָֽר׃ dāvˈār דָּבָר word
2:7. Dominus Deus tuus benedixit tibi in omni opere manuum tuarum novit iter tuum quomodo transieris solitudinem hanc magnam per quadraginta annos habitans tecum Dominus Deus tuus et nihil tibi defuit
The Lord thy God hath blessed thee in every work of thy hands: the Lord thy God dwelling with thee, knoweth thy journey, how thou hast passed through this great wilderness, for forty years, and thou hast wanted nothing.
2:7. The Lord your God has blessed you in every work of your hands. The Lord your God, dwelling with you, knows your journey, how you crossed through this great wilderness over forty years, and how you have been lacking in nothing.’
2:7. For the LORD thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God [hath been] with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:7: The Lord - hath blessed thee, etc. - God had given them much property, and therefore they had no need of plunder; they had gold and silver to buy the provender they needed, and therefore God would not permit them to take any thing by violence.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:7: blessed: Gen 12:2, Gen 24:35, Gen 26:12, Gen 30:27, Gen 39:5; Psa 90:17
he knoweth: Job 23:10; Psa 1:6, Psa 31:7; Joh 10:27
these forty: Deu 8:2-4, Deu 29:5; Neh 9:21; Luk 22:35
Geneva 1599
2:7 For the LORD thy God hath (d) blessed thee in all the works of thy hand: he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness: these forty years the LORD thy God [hath been] with thee; thou hast lacked nothing.
(d) And given you means, with which you may make recompence: also God will direct you by his providence, as he has done.
John Gill
2:7 For the Lord thy God hath blessed thee in all the works of thine hands,.... Had increased their cattle and substance, even though in a wilderness:
he knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness; every step they took, and he owned them and prospered them in all things in which they were concerned:
these forty years the Lord thy God hath been with thee: not only to protect and defend them, but to provide all things necessary for them. This number of years was not fully completed, but the round number is given instead of the broken one:
thou hast lacked nothing: and since they had wherewith to pay for their food and drink, they are directed to do it, and not take anything from the Edomites in an unjust way; nor make themselves look poor when they were rich, as Jarchi says.
John Wesley
2:7 The Lord hath blessed thee - By God's blessing thou art able to buy thy conveniences, and therefore thy theft and rapine will be inexcusable, because without any pretence of necessity. He knoweth - Heb. He hath known, that is, observed, or regarded with care and kindness, which that word often notes. Which experience of God's singular goodness to thee, should make thee rely on him still, and not use any unjust practice to procure what thou wantest or desirest.
2:82:8: Եւ անցա՛ք առ եղբարբք մերովք որդւովքն Եսաւայ բնակելովքն ՚ի Սէիր, առ ճանապարհաւն Արաբացւոց յԵդոմայ, եւ ՚ի Գասիո՛նգաբերայ։ Եւ դարձեալ անցաք ընդ ճանապա՛րհ անապատին Մովաբու[1648]. [1648] Ոմանք. Առ եղբարբք ձերովք... Արաբացւոց յԵլոնայ, եւ ՚ի Գասի՛՛։
8 Մենք Սէիրում բնակուող մեր եղբայրների՝ Եսաւի որդիների կողքով, Արաբայի ճանապարհով անցանք Եդոմից ու Գասիոնգաբերից, շրջուեցինք ու անցանք նաեւ Մովաբի անապատ տանող ճանապարհով:
8 Ուստի մենք մեր եղբայրներուն, Եսաւի որդիներուն քովէն, որոնք Սէիր կը բնակէին, դաշտի ճամբայէն, Ելաթէն ու Գասիոն–Գաբերէն անցանք ու անկէ դառնալով Մովաբի անապատին ճամբայէն անցանք։
Եւ անցաք առ եղբարբք մերովք որդւովքն Եսաւայ բնակելովքն ի Սէիր, առ ճանապարհաւն [28]Արաբացւոց յԵդովմայ``, եւ ի Գասիոնգաբերայ. եւ դարձեալ անցաք ընդ ճանապարհ անապատին Մովաբու:

2:8: Եւ անցա՛ք առ եղբարբք մերովք որդւովքն Եսաւայ բնակելովքն ՚ի Սէիր, առ ճանապարհաւն Արաբացւոց յԵդոմայ, եւ ՚ի Գասիո՛նգաբերայ։ Եւ դարձեալ անցաք ընդ ճանապա՛րհ անապատին Մովաբու[1648].
[1648] Ոմանք. Առ եղբարբք ձերովք... Արաբացւոց յԵլոնայ, եւ ՚ի Գասի՛՛։
8 Մենք Սէիրում բնակուող մեր եղբայրների՝ Եսաւի որդիների կողքով, Արաբայի ճանապարհով անցանք Եդոմից ու Գասիոնգաբերից, շրջուեցինք ու անցանք նաեւ Մովաբի անապատ տանող ճանապարհով:
8 Ուստի մենք մեր եղբայրներուն, Եսաւի որդիներուն քովէն, որոնք Սէիր կը բնակէին, դաշտի ճամբայէն, Ելաթէն ու Գասիոն–Գաբերէն անցանք ու անկէ դառնալով Մովաբի անապատին ճամբայէն անցանք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:88: И шли мы мимо братьев наших, сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, путем равнины, от Елафа и Ецион-Гавера, и поворотили, и шли к пустыне Моава.
2:8 καὶ και and; even παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress τοὺς ο the ἀδελφοὺς αδελφος brother ἡμῶν ημων our υἱοὺς υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Σηιρ σηιρ from; by τὴν ο the ὁδὸν οδος way; journey τὴν ο the Αραβα αραβα from; away Αιλων αιλων and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away Γασιωνγαβερ γασιωνγαβερ and; even ἐπιστρέψαντες επιστρεφω turn around; return παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress ὁδὸν οδος way; journey ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
2:8 וַֽ wˈa וְ and נַּעֲבֹ֞ר nnaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass מֵ mē מִן from אֵ֧ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with אַחֵ֣ינוּ ʔaḥˈênû אָח brother בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son עֵשָׂ֗ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ yyˈōšᵊvîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֵׂעִ֔יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir מִ mi מִן from דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲרָבָ֔ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert מֵ mē מִן from אֵילַ֖ת ʔêlˌaṯ אֵילַת Elath וּ û וְ and מֵ mē מִן from עֶצְיֹ֣ן גָּ֑בֶר ס ʕeṣyˈōn gˈāver s עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber וַ wa וְ and נֵּ֨פֶן֙ nnˈēfen פנה turn וַֽ wˈa וְ and נַּעֲבֹ֔ר nnaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert מֹואָֽב׃ môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
2:8. cumque transissemus fratres nostros filios Esau qui habitabant in Seir per viam campestrem de Helath et de Asiongaber venimus ad iter quod ducit in desertum MoabAnd when we had passed by our brethren the children of Esau, that dwelt in Seir, by the way of the plain from Elath and from Asiongaber, we came to the way that leadeth to the desert of Moab.
8. So we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir, from the way of the Arabah from Elath and from Ezion-geber. And we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab.
2:8. And when we had passed through our brothers, the sons of Esau, who were living at Seir by the way of the plain from Elath and from Eziongeber, we arrived at the way which leads to the desert of Moab.
2:8. And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain from Elath, and from Eziongaber, we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab.
And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain from Elath, and from Ezion- gaber, we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab:

8: И шли мы мимо братьев наших, сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, путем равнины, от Елафа и Ецион-Гавера, и поворотили, и шли к пустыне Моава.
2:8
καὶ και and; even
παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress
τοὺς ο the
ἀδελφοὺς αδελφος brother
ἡμῶν ημων our
υἱοὺς υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Σηιρ σηιρ from; by
τὴν ο the
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
τὴν ο the
Αραβα αραβα from; away
Αιλων αιλων and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Γασιωνγαβερ γασιωνγαβερ and; even
ἐπιστρέψαντες επιστρεφω turn around; return
παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
2:8
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
נַּעֲבֹ֞ר nnaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass
מֵ מִן from
אֵ֧ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת together with
אַחֵ֣ינוּ ʔaḥˈênû אָח brother
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
עֵשָׂ֗ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ yyˈōšᵊvîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂעִ֔יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
מִ mi מִן from
דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲרָבָ֔ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert
מֵ מִן from
אֵילַ֖ת ʔêlˌaṯ אֵילַת Elath
וּ û וְ and
מֵ מִן from
עֶצְיֹ֣ן גָּ֑בֶר ס ʕeṣyˈōn gˈāver s עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber
וַ wa וְ and
נֵּ֨פֶן֙ nnˈēfen פנה turn
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
נַּעֲבֹ֔ר nnaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass
דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert
מֹואָֽב׃ môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
2:8. cumque transissemus fratres nostros filios Esau qui habitabant in Seir per viam campestrem de Helath et de Asiongaber venimus ad iter quod ducit in desertum Moab
And when we had passed by our brethren the children of Esau, that dwelt in Seir, by the way of the plain from Elath and from Asiongaber, we came to the way that leadeth to the desert of Moab.
2:8. And when we had passed through our brothers, the sons of Esau, who were living at Seir by the way of the plain from Elath and from Eziongeber, we arrived at the way which leads to the desert of Moab.
2:8. And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain from Elath, and from Eziongaber, we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
8 And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain from Elath, and from Ezion-gaber, we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab. 9 And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot for a possession. 10 The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; 11 Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims. 12 The Horims also dwelt in Seir beforetime; but the children of Esau succeeded them, when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them. 13 Now rise up, said I, and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered. 14 And the space in which we came from Kadesh-barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, was thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them. 15 For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed. 16 So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people, 17 That the LORD spake unto me, saying, 18 Thou art to pass over through Ar, the coast of Moab, this day: 19 And when thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon any possession; because I have given it unto the children of Lot for a possession. 20 (That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims; 21 A people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead: 22 As he did to the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day: 23 And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, even unto Azzah, the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.)
It is observable here that Moses, speaking of the Edomites (v. 8), calls them, "our brethren, the children of Esau." Though they had been unkind to Israel, in refusing them a peaceable passage through their country, yet he calls them brethren. For, though our relations fail in their duty to us, we must retain a sense of the relation, and not be wanting in our duty to them, as there is occasion. Now in these verses we have,
I. The account which Moses gives of the origin of the nations of which he had here occasion to speak, the Moabites, Edomites, and Ammonites. We know very well, from other parts of his history, whose posterity they were; but here he tells us how they came to those countries in which Israel found them; they were not the aborigines, or first planters. But, 1. The Moabites dwelt in a country which had belonged to a numerous race of giants, called Emim (that is, terrible ones), as tall as the Anakim, and perhaps more fierce, v. 10, 11. 2. The Edomites in like manner dispossessed the Horim from Mount Seir, and took their country (v. 12. and again v. 22), of which we read, Gen. xxxvi. 20. 3. The Ammonites likewise got possession of a country that had formerly been inhabited by giants, called Zamzummim, crafty men, or wicked men (v. 20, 21), probably the same that are called Zuzim, Gen. xiv. 5. He illustrates these remarks by an instance older than any of these; the Caphtorim (who were akin to the Philistines, Gen. x. 14) drove the Avim out of their country, and took possession of it, v. 23. The learned bishop Patrick supposes these Avites, being expelled hence, to have settled in Assyria, and to be the same people we read of under that name, 2 Kings xvii. 31. Now these revolutions are recorded, (1.) To show how soon the world was peopled after the flood, so well peopled that, when a family grew numerous, they could not find a place to settle in, at least in that part of the world, but they must drive out those that were already settled. (2.) To show that the race is not to the swift, nor the battle to the strong. Giants were expelled by those of ordinary stature; for probably these giants, like those before the flood (Gen. vi. 4), were notorious for impiety and oppression, which brought the judgments of God upon them, against which their great strength would be on defence. (3.) To show what uncertain things worldly possessions are, and how often they change their owners; it was so of old, and ever will be so. Families decline, and from them estates are transferred to families that increase; so little constancy or continuance is there in these things. (4.) To encourage the children of Israel, who were now going to take possession of Canaan, against the difficulties they would meet with, and to show the unbelief of those that were afraid of the sons of Anak, to whom the giants, here said to be conquered, are compared, v. 11, 21. If the providence of God had done this for the Moabites and Ammonites, much more would his promise do it for Israel his peculiar people.
II. The advances which Israel made towards Canaan. They passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab (v. 8), and then went over the brook or vale of Zered (v. 13), and there Moses takes notice of the fulfilling of the word which God had spoken concerning them, that none of those that were numbered at Mount Sinai should see the land that God had promised, Num. xiv. 23. According to that sentence, now that they began to set their faces towards Canaan, and to have it in their eye, notice is taken of their being all destroyed and consumed, and not a man of them left, v. 14. Common providence, we may observe, in about thirty-eight years, ordinarily raises a new generation, so that in that time few remain of the old one; but here it was entirely new, and none at all remained but Caleb and Joshua: for indeed the hand of the Lord was against them, v. 15. Those cannot but waste, until they were consumed, who have the hand of God against them. Observe, Israel is not called to engage with the Canaanites till all the men of war, the veteran regiments, that had been used to hardship, and had learned the art of war from the Egyptians, were consumed and dead from among the people (v. 16), that the conquest of Canaan, being effected by a host of new-raised men, trained up in a wilderness, the excellency of the power might the more plainly appear to be of God and not of men.
III. The caution given them not to meddle with the Moabites or Ammonites, whom they must not disseize, nor so much as disturb in their possessions: Distress them not, nor contend with them, v. 9. Though the Moabites aimed to ruin Israel (Num. xxii. 6), yet Israel must not aim to ruin them. If others design us a mischief, this will not justify us in designing them a mischief. But why must not the Moabites and Ammonites be meddled with? 1. Because they were the children of Lot (v. 9, 19), righteous Lot, who kept his integrity in Sodom. Note, Children often fare the better in this world for the piety of their ancestors: the seed of the upright, though they degenerate, yet are blessed with temporal good things. 2. Because the land they were possessed of was what God had given them, and he did not design it for Israel. Even wicked men have a right to their worldly possessions, and must not be wronged. The tares are allowed their place in the field, and must not be rooted out until the harvest. God gives and preserves outward blessings to wicked men, to show that these are not the best things, but he has better in store for his own children.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:8: Elath (Akaba) is at the northern extremity of the eastern arm of the Red Sea, and gives to that arm the name of the Elanitic Gulf. The name means "trees;" and is still justified by the grove of palm-trees at Akaba.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:8: And when: Num 20:20, Num 20:21; Jdg 11:18
Elath: Kg1 9:26, Eloth, Kg2 14:22, Kg2 16:6
John Gill
2:8 And when we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwelt in Self,.... Along their coasts, by the borders of their country:
through the way of the plain; the wilderness of Zin, where Kadesh was:
from Elath and Eziongeber; the two ports on the shore of the Red sea in the land of Edom; it was from the latter they came to Kadesh; see Num 33:35. Elath was ten miles from Petra, the metropolis of Edom, to the east of it, as Jerom says (z); it is by Josephus (a) called Aelana, and by the Septuagint here Ailon; from whence the Elanitic bay has its name; he speaks of it as not far from Eziongeber, which he says was then called Berenice:
we turned and passed by the way of the wilderness of Moab; the wilderness which is before Moab, towards the sun rising or the east, Num 21:11.
(z) De loc. Heb. fol. 91. E. (a) Antiqu. l. 8. c. 6. sect. 4.
John Wesley
2:8 We turned - From our direct road which lay through Edom.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:8 we passed . . . through the way of the plain--the Arabah or great valley, from Elath ("trees") (the Ailah of the Greeks and Romans). The site of it is marked by extensive mounds of rubbish.
Ezion-geber--now Akaba, both were within the territory of Edom; and after making a circuit of its southeastern boundary, the Israelites reached the border of Moab on the southeast of the Salt Sea. They had been forbidden by divine command to molest the Moabites in any way; and this special honor was conferred on that people not on their own account, for they were very wicked, but in virtue of their descent from Lot. (See on Deut 23:3). Their territory comprised the fine country on the south, and partly on the north of the Arnon. They had won it by their arms from the original inhabitants, the Emims, a race, terrible, as their name imports, for physical power and stature (Gen 14:5), in like manner as the Edomites had obtained their settlement by the overthrow of the original occupiers of Seir, the Horims (Gen 14:6), who were troglodytes, or dwellers in caves. Moses alluded to these circumstances to encourage his countrymen to believe that God would much more enable them to expel the wicked and accursed Canaanites. At that time, however, the Moabites, having lost the greater part of their possessions through the usurpations of Sihon, were reduced to the small but fertile region between the Zered and the Arnon.
2:92:9: եւ ասէ՛ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ թշնամանիցէք ընդ Մովաբացիսն, եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ. զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ յերկրէն նոցա ՚ի վիճակ. քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտա՛յ ետու զՍէիր ՚ի ժառանգութիւն[1649]։ [1649] Ոմանք. Մի՛ թշնամիցիք. կամ՝ մի՛ թշնամանիցիք... ընդ նոսա պատերազմ... յերկրէն նոցա վիճակ։
9 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Թշնամութիւն մի՛ արէք մովաբացիների հետ, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ մի՛ հրահրէք, որովհետեւ նրանց երկրից ձեզ բաժին չեմ տայ, քանի որ Սէիրը Ղովտի որդիներին եմ տուել իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
9 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Մովաբացիներուն թշնամութիւն մի՛ ըներ ու անոնց հետ պատերազմ մի՛ ըներ. քանզի անոնց երկրէն քեզի ժառանգութիւն պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ Արը Ղովտի որդիներուն ժառանգութիւն տուի’։
Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ թշնամանայցիք ընդ Մովաբացիսն եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ. զի ոչ տաց [29]ձեզ յերկրէն նոցա ի վիճակ. քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտայ ետու [30]զՍէիր ի ժառանգութիւն:

2:9: եւ ասէ՛ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ թշնամանիցէք ընդ Մովաբացիսն, եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ. զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ յերկրէն նոցա ՚ի վիճակ. քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտա՛յ ետու զՍէիր ՚ի ժառանգութիւն[1649]։
[1649] Ոմանք. Մի՛ թշնամիցիք. կամ՝ մի՛ թշնամանիցիք... ընդ նոսա պատերազմ... յերկրէն նոցա վիճակ։
9 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Թշնամութիւն մի՛ արէք մովաբացիների հետ, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ մի՛ հրահրէք, որովհետեւ նրանց երկրից ձեզ բաժին չեմ տայ, քանի որ Սէիրը Ղովտի որդիներին եմ տուել իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
9 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Մովաբացիներուն թշնամութիւն մի՛ ըներ ու անոնց հետ պատերազմ մի՛ ըներ. քանզի անոնց երկրէն քեզի ժառանգութիւն պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ Արը Ղովտի որդիներուն ժառանգութիւն տուի’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:99: И сказал мне Господь: не вступай во вражду с Моавом и не начинай с ними войны; ибо Я не дам тебе ничего от земли его во владение, потому что Ар отдал Я во владение сынам Лотовым;
2:9 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me μὴ μη not ἐχθραίνετε εχθραινω the Μωαβίταις μωαβιτης and; even μὴ μη not συνάψητε συναπτω to; toward αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him πόλεμον πολεμος battle οὐ ου not γὰρ γαρ for μὴ μη not δῶ διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment τοῖς ο the γὰρ γαρ for υἱοῖς υιος son Λωτ λωτ Lōt; Lot δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the Σηιρ σηιρ inherit; heir
2:9 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֗י ʔēlˈay אֶל to אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to תָּ֨צַר֙ tˈāṣar צור damage אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מֹואָ֔ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab וְ wᵊ וְ and אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּתְגָּ֥ר tiṯgˌār גרה stir בָּ֖ם bˌām בְּ in מִלְחָמָ֑ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אֶתֵּ֨ן ʔettˌēn נתן give לְךָ֤ lᵊḵˈā לְ to מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אַרְצֹו֙ ʔarṣˌô אֶרֶץ earth יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son לֹ֔וט lˈôṭ לֹוט Lot נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עָ֖ר ʕˌār עָר Ar יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃ yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
2:9. dixitque Dominus ad me non pugnes contra Moabitas nec ineas adversum eos proelium non enim dabo tibi quicquam de terra eorum quia filiis Loth tradidi Ar in possessionemAnd the Lord said to me: Fight not against the Moabites, neither go to battle against them: for I will not give thee any of their land, because I have given Ar to the children of Lot in possession.
9. And the LORD said unto me, Vex not Moab, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of his land for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot for a possession.
2:9. And the Lord said to me: ‘You should not fight against the Moabites, nor should you go to battle against them. For I will not give to you anything from their land, because I have given Ar to the sons of Lot as a possession.’
2:9. And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land [for] a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot [for] a possession.
And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land [for] a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot [for] a possession:

9: И сказал мне Господь: не вступай во вражду с Моавом и не начинай с ними войны; ибо Я не дам тебе ничего от земли его во владение, потому что Ар отдал Я во владение сынам Лотовым;
2:9
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
μὴ μη not
ἐχθραίνετε εχθραινω the
Μωαβίταις μωαβιτης and; even
μὴ μη not
συνάψητε συναπτω to; toward
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
οὐ ου not
γὰρ γαρ for
μὴ μη not
δῶ διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
τοῖς ο the
γὰρ γαρ for
υἱοῖς υιος son
Λωτ λωτ Lōt; Lot
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
Σηιρ σηιρ inherit; heir
2:9
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֗י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
תָּ֨צַר֙ tˈāṣar צור damage
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מֹואָ֔ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּתְגָּ֥ר tiṯgˌār גרה stir
בָּ֖ם bˌām בְּ in
מִלְחָמָ֑ה milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אֶתֵּ֨ן ʔettˌēn נתן give
לְךָ֤ lᵊḵˈā לְ to
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אַרְצֹו֙ ʔarṣˌô אֶרֶץ earth
יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
לֹ֔וט lˈôṭ לֹוט Lot
נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עָ֖ר ʕˌār עָר Ar
יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃ yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
2:9. dixitque Dominus ad me non pugnes contra Moabitas nec ineas adversum eos proelium non enim dabo tibi quicquam de terra eorum quia filiis Loth tradidi Ar in possessionem
And the Lord said to me: Fight not against the Moabites, neither go to battle against them: for I will not give thee any of their land, because I have given Ar to the children of Lot in possession.
2:9. And the Lord said to me: ‘You should not fight against the Moabites, nor should you go to battle against them. For I will not give to you anything from their land, because I have given Ar to the sons of Lot as a possession.’
2:9. And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land [for] a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot [for] a possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:9: The Moabites and the Ammonites Deu 2:19 being descended from Lot, the nephew of Abraham Gen 19:30-38, were, like the Edomites, kinsmen of the Israelites.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:9: Distress not the Moabites: or, Use no hostility against Moab, Num 22:4; Jdg 11:17; Ch2 20:10
Ar: Ar was situated south of the Arnon; and was called by the Greek writers Areopolis, and thought by them to be so named because the inhabitants worshipped Αρης, or Mars. St. Jerome says that it was destroyed by an earthquake when he was an infant. Burckhardt supposes that the ruins of a small castle called Mehatet el Hadj, may be the site of this ancient city. Deu 2:5; Num 21:15, Num 21:28
the children: Deu 2:19; Gen 19:36, Gen 19:37; Psa 83:8
Geneva 1599
2:9 And the LORD said unto me, Distress not the Moabites, neither contend with them in battle: for I will not give thee of their land [for] a possession; because I have given Ar unto the children (e) of Lot [for] a possession.
(e) Which were the Moabites and Ammonites.
John Gill
2:9 And the Lord said unto me,.... When upon the borders of Moab:
distress not the Moabites, neither contend with than in battle; besiege not any of their cities, nor draw them into a battle, or provoke them to fight:
for I will not give thee of their land for a possession; at least not as yet, the measure of their sins not being fully up, and the time of their punishment not come; otherwise in David's time they were subdued, and became tributaries to him, and the Edomites also, 2Kings 8:2,
because I have given Ar unto the children of Lot for a possession; so the Moabites were, they sprung from Moab, a son of Lot by his firstborn daughter, Gen 19:37. Ar was the metropolis of Moab, called Ar of Moab, Is 15:1 and is here put for the whole country of Moab; so Aben Ezra interprets it of Moab. Jarchi says it is the name of the province; in the Septuagint version it called Aroer.
John Wesley
2:9 Ar - The chief city of the Moabites, here put for the whole country which depended upon it. The children of Lot - So called to signify that this preservation, was not for their sakes, for they were a wicked people, but for Lot's sake whose memory God yet honours.
2:102:10: Եւ Ոմմի՛նքն նախ բնակեալ էին ՚ի նմա՝ ա՛զգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ հզօր, որպէս Ենակիմք
10 (Նախկինում Օմմինի յետնորդներն էին ապրում այնտեղ՝ մի մեծ, բազմանդամ ու հզօր ազգ, նման Ենակիմի որդիների:
10 (Այն տեղը առաջ Էմիմները կը բնակէին, որոնք մեծ ու շատուոր ու Ենակիմներուն պէս երկայնահասակ ազգ մըն էին.
Եւ Ոմմինքն նախ բնակեալ էին ի նմա, ազգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ [31]հզօր:

2:10: Եւ Ոմմի՛նքն նախ բնակեալ էին ՚ի նմա՝ ա՛զգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ հզօր, որպէս Ենակիմք
10 (Նախկինում Օմմինի յետնորդներն էին ապրում այնտեղ՝ մի մեծ, բազմանդամ ու հզօր ազգ, նման Ենակիմի որդիների:
10 (Այն տեղը առաջ Էմիմները կը բնակէին, որոնք մեծ ու շատուոր ու Ենակիմներուն պէս երկայնահասակ ազգ մըն էին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1010: прежде жили там Эмимы, народ великий, многочисленный и высокий, как [сыны] Енаковы,
2:10 οἱ ο the Ομμιν ομμιν earlier ἐνεκάθηντο εγκαθημαι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste μέγα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even πολὺ πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even ἰσχύοντες ισχυω have means; have force ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as οἱ ο the Ενακιμ ενακιμ Enakim
2:10 הָ hā הַ the אֵמִ֥ים ʔēmˌîm אֵימִים Emim לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנִ֖ים fānˌîm פָּנֶה face יָ֣שְׁבוּ yˈāšᵊvû ישׁב sit בָ֑הּ vˈāh בְּ in עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great וְ wᵊ וְ and רַ֛ב rˈav רַב much וָ wā וְ and רָ֖ם rˌām רום be high כָּ kā כְּ as † הַ the עֲנָקִֽים׃ ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck
2:10. Emim primi fuerunt habitatores eius populus magnus et validus et tam excelsus ut de Enacim stirpeThe Emims first were the inhabitants thereof, a people great, and strong, and so tall, that like the race of the Enacims,
10. ( The Emim dwelt therein aforetime, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakim:
2:10. The Emim were the first of its inhabitants, a people great and strong, and of such great height, like the race of the Anakim.
2:10. The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims;
The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims:

10: прежде жили там Эмимы, народ великий, многочисленный и высокий, как [сыны] Енаковы,
2:10
οἱ ο the
Ομμιν ομμιν earlier
ἐνεκάθηντο εγκαθημαι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
μέγα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
πολὺ πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
ἰσχύοντες ισχυω have means; have force
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
οἱ ο the
Ενακιμ ενακιμ Enakim
2:10
הָ הַ the
אֵמִ֥ים ʔēmˌîm אֵימִים Emim
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנִ֖ים fānˌîm פָּנֶה face
יָ֣שְׁבוּ yˈāšᵊvû ישׁב sit
בָ֑הּ vˈāh בְּ in
עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people
גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רַ֛ב rˈav רַב much
וָ וְ and
רָ֖ם rˌām רום be high
כָּ כְּ as
הַ the
עֲנָקִֽים׃ ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck
2:10. Emim primi fuerunt habitatores eius populus magnus et validus et tam excelsus ut de Enacim stirpe
The Emims first were the inhabitants thereof, a people great, and strong, and so tall, that like the race of the Enacims,
2:10. The Emim were the first of its inhabitants, a people great and strong, and of such great height, like the race of the Anakim.
2:10. The Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10-12: В стт. 10–12: и 20–23, представляющих этнографическую вставку в рассказ, еврейскому народу сообщаются интересные указания относительно истории тех cтран, мимо которых он проходит.

Кук и другие ученые относят рефаимов, емимов, замзузимов и прочих первообитателей Ханаана к семитической расе.

Кафтор отождествляется с о. Критом, кафторимы — с его выходцами филистимлянами (Пелешет), поселившимися в юго-западном углу Ханаана и сообщившими свое имя (Палестина) всей стране.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:10: The Emims dwelt therein - Calmet supposes that these people were destroyed in the war made against them by Chedorlaomer and his allies, Gen 14:5. Lot possessed their country after the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah. They are generally esteemed as giants; probably they were a hardy, fierce, and terrible people, who lived, like the wandering Arabs, on the plunder of others. This was sufficient to gain them the appellation of giants, or men of prodigious stature. See next verse, Deu 2:11 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:10: For the Emims, Horims, and Anakims, see the marginal references. These verses are either parenthetical or the insertion of a later hand.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:10: All the nations here mentioned appear to have been the posterity of Ham, who lay under the prophetical curse of Noah, which was thus executed upon this part of them by the Moabites and Edomites.
Deu 2:11; Gen 14:5
Geneva 1599
2:10 The (f) Emims dwelt therein in times past, a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims;
(f) Signifying that as these giants were driven out for their sins: so the wicked when their sins are ripe, cannot avoid God's plagues.
John Gill
2:10 The Emims dwelt there in time past,.... We read of them as early as the times of Chedorlaomer, Gen 14:5 when their dwelling was in Kirjathaim, a city which Sihon king of the Amorites took from the Moabites, and which being taken from him, was with others given to the tribe of Reuben, Num 32:37. These are by some thought to be the same with the Yemim which Anah found and met with in the wilderness, and defeated, which we render "mules", Gen 36:24. They had their name from the fear and terror they put men into because of their gigantic stature and great strength, as follows: it is probable they were the descendants of Ham:
a people great and many, and tall as the Anakims; who were very numerous, of a very bulky size of body, and of high stature, like the giants the spies had seen at Hebron, the sons of Anak, a noted giant there, Num 13:22.
John Wesley
2:10 The Emims - Men terrible for stature and strength, as their very name imparts, whose expulsion by the Moabites is here noted as a great encouragement to the Israelites, for whose sake he would much more drive out the wicked and accursed Canaanites.
2:112:11: ընդ Ռափայի՛նսն համարիցին, նոյնպէս եւ նոքա իբրեւ զԵնակիմս. եւ Մովաբացիք անուանեն զնոսա Ոմմի՛նս։
11 Սրանք էլ Ռափիմի ցեղին էին պատկանում, ինչպէս եւ Ենակիմի որդիները, եւ մովաբացիները նրանց անուանում են օմմինեաններ:
11 Անոնք ալ Ենակիմներուն պէս հսկաներ կը սեպուէին ու Մովաբացիները զանոնք Էմիմ կը կոչէին։
որպէս Ենակիմք ընդ Ռափայինսն համարիցին,`` նոյնպէս եւ նոքա իբրեւ զԵնակիմս. եւ Մովաբացիք անուանեն զնոսա Ոմմինս:

2:11: ընդ Ռափայի՛նսն համարիցին, նոյնպէս եւ նոքա իբրեւ զԵնակիմս. եւ Մովաբացիք անուանեն զնոսա Ոմմի՛նս։
11 Սրանք էլ Ռափիմի ցեղին էին պատկանում, ինչպէս եւ Ենակիմի որդիները, եւ մովաբացիները նրանց անուանում են օմմինեաններ:
11 Անոնք ալ Ենակիմներուն պէս հսկաներ կը սեպուէին ու Մովաբացիները զանոնք Էմիմ կը կոչէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1111: и они считались между Рефаимами, как [сыны] Енаковы; Моавитяне же называют их Эмимами;
2:11 Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as οἱ ο the Ενακιμ ενακιμ and; even οἱ ο the Μωαβῖται μωαβιτης named αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Ομμιν ομμιν Ommin
2:11 רְפָאִ֛ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ yēḥāšᵊvˌû חשׁב account אַף־ ʔaf- אַף even הֵ֖ם hˌēm הֵם they כָּ kā כְּ as † הַ the עֲנָקִ֑ים ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מֹּ֣אָבִ֔ים mmˈōʔāvˈîm מֹואָבִי Moabite יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to אֵמִֽים׃ ʔēmˈîm אֵימִים Emim
2:11. quasi gigantes crederentur et essent similes filiorum Enacim denique Moabitae appellant eos EmimThey were esteemed as giants, and were like the sons of the Enacims. But the Moabites call them Emims.
11. these also are accounted Rephaim, as the Anakim; but the Moabites call them Emim.
2:11. They were considered to be like giants, and they were like the sons of the Anakim. And, indeed, the Moabites call them: the Emim.
2:11. Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims.
Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims:

11: и они считались между Рефаимами, как [сыны] Енаковы; Моавитяне же называют их Эмимами;
2:11
Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
οἱ ο the
Ενακιμ ενακιμ and; even
οἱ ο the
Μωαβῖται μωαβιτης named
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Ομμιν ομμιν Ommin
2:11
רְפָאִ֛ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ yēḥāšᵊvˌû חשׁב account
אַף־ ʔaf- אַף even
הֵ֖ם hˌēm הֵם they
כָּ כְּ as
הַ the
עֲנָקִ֑ים ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מֹּ֣אָבִ֔ים mmˈōʔāvˈîm מֹואָבִי Moabite
יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
אֵמִֽים׃ ʔēmˈîm אֵימִים Emim
2:11. quasi gigantes crederentur et essent similes filiorum Enacim denique Moabitae appellant eos Emim
They were esteemed as giants, and were like the sons of the Enacims. But the Moabites call them Emims.
2:11. They were considered to be like giants, and they were like the sons of the Anakim. And, indeed, the Moabites call them: the Emim.
2:11. Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims; but the Moabites call them Emims.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:11: Which also were accounted giants - This is not a fortunate version. The word is not giants, but רפאים Rephaim, the name of a people. It appears that the Emim, the Anakim, and the Rephaim, were probably the same people, called by different names in the different countries where they dwelt; for they appear originally to have been a kind of wandering free-booters, who lived by plunder. (See on Deu 2:10 (note)). It must be granted, however, that there were several men of this race of extraordinary stature. And hence all gigantic men have been called Rephaim. (See on Gen 6:4 (note), and Gen 14:5 (note)). But we well know that fear and public report have often added whole cubits to men's height. It was under this influence that the spies acted, when they brought the disheartening report mentioned Num 13:33.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:11: as the Anakims: Deu 1:28, Deu 9:2; Num 13:22, Num 13:28, Num 13:33
John Gill
2:11 Which also were accounted giants, as the Anakims,.... Because of their bulky size and tall stature; or,"the Rephaim were they accounted, even they as the Anakims;''they were reckoned Rephaim, a name for giants in early times, even as the Anakims were; see Gen 14:5.
but the Moabites called them Emims; to distinguish them from the Rephaim; so that it seems this name of Emims was not originally their name, but they are called so by a prolepsis, or anticipation, in Gen 14:5 since they had it from the Moabites, a people of a later date.
2:122:12: Եւ ՚ի Սէիր նախ բնակեա՛լ էր Քոռեցին. եւ որդիքն Եսաւայ կորուսին զնոսա, եւ սատակեցին զնոսա յերեսա՛ց իւրեանց, եւ բնակեցա՛ն փոխանակ նոցա. զոր օրինակ արա՛ր Իսրայէլ զերկիր ժառանգութեան իւրոյ՝ զոր ե՛տ նոցա Տէր[1650]։ [1650] Ոմանք. Զոր ետ նոցա Աստուած։
12 Սէիրում նախ բնակւում էին քոռեցիները: Եսաւի որդիները, սակայն, կոտորեցին նրանց, հալածեցին եւ բնակուեցին նրանց երկրում, ինչպէս Իսրայէլը վարուեց իր ժառանգած այն երկրի բնակիչների հետ, որ Տէրը տուել էր նրան):
12 Սէիրի մէջ առաջ Քոռեցիները կը բնակէին, բայց Եսաւի որդիները զանոնք վռնտելով ու իրենց առջեւէն զանոնք ջարդելով՝ անոնց տեղը բնակեցան, ինչպէս Իսրայելացիները ըրին իրենց ժառանգութեանը երկրին, որ Տէրը անոնց տուաւ։)
Եւ ի Սէիր նախ բնակեալ էր Քոռեցին. եւ որդիքն Եսաւայ կորուսին զնոսա, եւ սատակեցին զնոսա յերեսաց իւրեանց, եւ բնակեցան փոխանակ նոցա. զոր օրինակ արար Իսրայէլ զերկիր ժառանգութեան իւրոյ զոր ետ նոցա Տէր:

2:12: Եւ ՚ի Սէիր նախ բնակեա՛լ էր Քոռեցին. եւ որդիքն Եսաւայ կորուսին զնոսա, եւ սատակեցին զնոսա յերեսա՛ց իւրեանց, եւ բնակեցա՛ն փոխանակ նոցա. զոր օրինակ արա՛ր Իսրայէլ զերկիր ժառանգութեան իւրոյ՝ զոր ե՛տ նոցա Տէր[1650]։
[1650] Ոմանք. Զոր ետ նոցա Աստուած։
12 Սէիրում նախ բնակւում էին քոռեցիները: Եսաւի որդիները, սակայն, կոտորեցին նրանց, հալածեցին եւ բնակուեցին նրանց երկրում, ինչպէս Իսրայէլը վարուեց իր ժառանգած այն երկրի բնակիչների հետ, որ Տէրը տուել էր նրան):
12 Սէիրի մէջ առաջ Քոռեցիները կը բնակէին, բայց Եսաւի որդիները զանոնք վռնտելով ու իրենց առջեւէն զանոնք ջարդելով՝ անոնց տեղը բնակեցան, ինչպէս Իսրայելացիները ըրին իրենց ժառանգութեանը երկրին, որ Տէրը անոնց տուաւ։)
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1212: а на Сеире жили прежде Хорреи; но сыны Исавовы прогнали их и истребили их от лица своего и поселились вместо их--так, как поступил Израиль с землею наследия своего, которую дал им Господь;
2:12 καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in Σηιρ σηιρ the Χορραῖος χορραιος earlier καὶ και and; even υἱοὶ υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav ἀπώλεσαν απολλυμι destroy; lose αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land τῆς ο the κληρονομίας κληρονομια inheritance αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἣν ος who; what δέδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit κύριος κυριος lord; master αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
2:12 וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in שֵׂעִ֞יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir יָשְׁב֣וּ yāšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit הַ ha הַ the חֹרִים֮ ḥōrîm חֹרִי Horite לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנִים֒ fānîm פָּנֶה face וּ û וְ and בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son עֵשָׂ֣ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau יִֽירָשׁ֗וּם yˈîrāšˈûm ירשׁ trample down וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁמִידוּם֙ yyašmîḏûm שׁמד destroy מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and יֵּשְׁב֖וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit תַּחְתָּ֑ם taḥtˈām תַּחַת under part כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֣ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel לְ lᵊ לְ to אֶ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth יְרֻשָּׁתֹ֔ו yᵊruššāṯˈô יְרֻשָּׁה possession אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
2:12. in Seir autem prius habitaverunt Horim quibus expulsis atque deletis habitaverunt filii Esau sicut fecit Israhel in terra possessionis suae quam dedit ei DominusThe Horrhites also formerly dwelt in Seir: who being driven out and destroyed, the children of Esau dwelt there, as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave him.
12. The Horites also dwelt in Seir aforetime, but the children of Esau succeeded them; and they destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them.)
2:12. The Horites also formerly lived at Seir. When these had been driven out and destroyed, the sons of Esau lived there, just as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave to him.
2:12. The Horims also dwelt in Seir beforetime; but the children of Esau succeeded them, when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them.
The Horims also dwelt in Seir beforetime; but the children of Esau succeeded them, when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them:

12: а на Сеире жили прежде Хорреи; но сыны Исавовы прогнали их и истребили их от лица своего и поселились вместо их--так, как поступил Израиль с землею наследия своего, которую дал им Господь;
2:12
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
Σηιρ σηιρ the
Χορραῖος χορραιος earlier
καὶ και and; even
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
ἀπώλεσαν απολλυμι destroy; lose
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle
ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
τῆς ο the
κληρονομίας κληρονομια inheritance
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἣν ος who; what
δέδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
κύριος κυριος lord; master
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
2:12
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂעִ֞יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
יָשְׁב֣וּ yāšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit
הַ ha הַ the
חֹרִים֮ ḥōrîm חֹרִי Horite
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנִים֒ fānîm פָּנֶה face
וּ û וְ and
בְנֵ֧י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עֵשָׂ֣ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
יִֽירָשׁ֗וּם yˈîrāšˈûm ירשׁ trample down
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁמִידוּם֙ yyašmîḏûm שׁמד destroy
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשְׁב֖וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit
תַּחְתָּ֑ם taḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֣ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אֶ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
יְרֻשָּׁתֹ֔ו yᵊruššāṯˈô יְרֻשָּׁה possession
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֥ן nāṯˌan נתן give
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
2:12. in Seir autem prius habitaverunt Horim quibus expulsis atque deletis habitaverunt filii Esau sicut fecit Israhel in terra possessionis suae quam dedit ei Dominus
The Horrhites also formerly dwelt in Seir: who being driven out and destroyed, the children of Esau dwelt there, as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave him.
2:12. The Horites also formerly lived at Seir. When these had been driven out and destroyed, the sons of Esau lived there, just as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave to him.
2:12. The Horims also dwelt in Seir beforetime; but the children of Esau succeeded them, when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; as Israel did unto the land of his possession, which the LORD gave unto them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:12: The Horims also dwelt in Seir - The whole of this verse was probably added by Joshua or Ezra.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:12: Horims: Deu 2:22; Gen 14:6, Gen 36:20-30; Ch1 1:38-42
succeeded them: Heb. inherited them, Gen 36:31-43; Ch1 1:43-54
stead: or, room
as Israel did: Israel had, at the time when Moses spake this, conquered Sihon and Og, and taken possession of their countries, as Edom had done to the Horims. Deu 2:22, Deu 2:32-37, Deu 3:1-11; Gen 36:20; Num 21:21-35
John Gill
2:12 The Horims also dwelt in Seir before time,.... Which is the name of a mount, and so of the country, from it; so called from Seir the Horite, who dwelt in it before it was possessed by Esau and his sons; but who the Horim or Horites were, from whence they had their name, is difficult to say; they were as early as the times of Chedorlaomer, Gen 14:6. They seem to be so called from their dwelling in holes and caves in rocks, which the southern part of Edom or Idumea was full of, and to be the same the Greeks call Troglodytae:
but the children of Esau succeeded them; Esau and his sons marrying among them, made way for getting the country into their possession, as appears from Gen 36:2 and in which they afterwards settled themselves by the dint of sword, since it follows:
when they had destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead; even in Seir where they had dwelt, afterwards called Edom, from one of the names of Esau, Gen 36:8.
as Israel did in the land of his possession, which the Lord gave unto them; because this is said before the Canaanites were drove out of their land, and it was possessed by the Israelites, some think this was written by Ezra, or some other hand; but there is no need to suppose that; Moses, by a spirit of prophecy, and in faith of the promises and prophecies of God relating to this affair, which were just now about to be fulfilled, might write this; besides, it may refer to what was already done to the kingdoms of Sihon and Og, kings of the Amorites; which had been taken from them, and given to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Manasseh; and the above instances as well as this may be observed, to encourage the people of Israel that they should succeed in dispossessing the Canaanites, and settling in their land, in like manner as dispossessions of this kind had already been made.
John Wesley
2:12 Which the Lord gave - The past tense is here put for the future, will give after the manner of the prophets.
2:132:13: Եւ արդ՝ արի՛ք չուեցէ՛ք եւ անցէ՛ք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ[1651]։ [1651] Ոմանք. Եւ անցէք ՚ի ձորն Զարեդ։
13 Արդ, վե՛ր կացէք գնացէ՛ք ու անցէ՛ք Զարեդ ձորով”:
13 ‘Հիմա ելէ՛ք Զարեդ ձորէն անցէք’ ու մենք Զարեդ ձորէն անցանք։
Եւ արդ արիք չուեցէք եւ անցէք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ[32]:

2:13: Եւ արդ՝ արի՛ք չուեցէ՛ք եւ անցէ՛ք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ[1651]։
[1651] Ոմանք. Եւ անցէք ՚ի ձորն Զարեդ։
13 Արդ, վե՛ր կացէք գնացէ՛ք ու անցէ՛ք Զարեդ ձորով”:
13 ‘Հիմա ելէ՛ք Զարեդ ձորէն անցէք’ ու մենք Զարեդ ձորէն անցանք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1313: итак встаньте и пройдите долину Заред. И прошли мы долину Заред.
2:13 νῦν νυν now; present οὖν ουν then ἀνάστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect καὶ και and; even ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away ὑμεῖς υμεις you καὶ και and; even παραπορεύεσθε παραπορευομαι travel by / around τὴν ο the φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge Ζαρετ ζαρετ and; even παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress τὴν ο the φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge Ζαρετ ζαρετ Zaret
2:13 עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now קֻ֛מוּ qˈumû קום arise וְ wᵊ וְ and עִבְר֥וּ ʕivrˌû עבר pass לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi זָ֑רֶד zˈāreḏ זֶרֶד Zered וַֽ wˈa וְ and נַּעֲבֹ֖ר nnaʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַ֥חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi זָֽרֶד׃ zˈāreḏ זֶרֶד Zered
2:13. surgentes ergo ut transiremus torrentem Zared venimus ad eumThen rising up to pass the torrent Zared, we came to it.
13. Now rise up, and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered.
2:13. Then, rising up so as to cross over the torrent Zered, we arrived at the place.
2:13. Now rise up, [said I], and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered.
Now rise up, [said I], and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered:

13: итак встаньте и пройдите долину Заред. И прошли мы долину Заред.
2:13
νῦν νυν now; present
οὖν ουν then
ἀνάστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
καὶ και and; even
ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
καὶ και and; even
παραπορεύεσθε παραπορευομαι travel by / around
τὴν ο the
φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge
Ζαρετ ζαρετ and; even
παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress
τὴν ο the
φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge
Ζαρετ ζαρετ Zaret
2:13
עַתָּ֗ה ʕattˈā עַתָּה now
קֻ֛מוּ qˈumû קום arise
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עִבְר֥וּ ʕivrˌû עבר pass
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
זָ֑רֶד zˈāreḏ זֶרֶד Zered
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
נַּעֲבֹ֖ר nnaʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַ֥חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
זָֽרֶד׃ zˈāreḏ זֶרֶד Zered
2:13. surgentes ergo ut transiremus torrentem Zared venimus ad eum
Then rising up to pass the torrent Zared, we came to it.
2:13. Then, rising up so as to cross over the torrent Zered, we arrived at the place.
2:13. Now rise up, [said I], and get you over the brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:13: The words, "said I," are not in the Hebrew. The words "rise up, and get you over the brook Zered" (Num 21:12 note) connect themselves with Deu 2:9, and form the conclusion of what God said to Moses.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:13: brook: or, valley, Num 13:23 *marg.
Zered: The brook or torrent Zered, takes its rise in the mountains of Moab, and, running from east to west, falls into the Dead Sea. It seems to be the stream which Burckhardt calls Wady Beni Hammad, south of the Modjeb or Arnon, and about five hours north of Kerek. Num 21:12, Zared
John Gill
2:13 Now rise up, said I, and get you over the brook Zered,.... It is called the valley of Zered, Num 21:12, the word used signifying both a valley and a brook; and it is very probable there were both a valley and a brook of the same name; it must be near Dibongad, since in one place it is said the Israelites came from Ijim and pitched in Zered; and in another place that they came from thence, and pitched in Dibongad, Num 21:11 and
Nu 33:45.
and we went over the brook Zered; which was fordable, or perhaps at this time dried up.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:13 Now rise up, and get you over the brook Zered--The southern border of Moab, Zered ("woody"), now Wady Ahsy, separates the modern district of Kerak from Jebal, and, indeed, forms a natural division of the country between the north and south. Ar, called in later times Rabbah, was the capital of Moab and situated twenty-five miles south of the Arnon on the banks of a small but shady stream, the Beni Hamed. It is here mentioned as representative of the country dependent on it, a rich and well-cultivated country, as appears from the numerous ruins of cities, as well as from the traces of tillage still visible on the fields.
2:142:14: Եւ աւուրք որչափ անկա՛ն մեզ ՚ի գնալն մեզ ՚ի Կադէսբառնեայ, մինչեւ անցա՛ք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ, երեսուն եւ ութ ամ. մինչեւ անկա՛ւ ամենայն ազգ արանց պատերազմողաց ՚ի բանակէ անտի, որպէս երդուաւ նոցա Աստուած[1652]. [1652] Ոմանք. ՚Ի գնալն մեր ՚ի Կադէսբ՛՛։
14 Կադէսբառնեայից մինչեւ Զարեդ ձորն անցնելը տեւեց երեսունութ տարի: Այդ ընթացքում պատերազմող բանակի բոլոր տղամարդիկ կոտորուեցին, ինչպէս որ Աստուած երդուել էր նրանց:
14 Մեր պտըտած օրերը, Կադէս–Բառնեայէն ելլելէն մինչեւ Զարեդ ձորէն անցնիլը, երեսունըութը տարի եղաւ. մինչեւ որ բանակին մէջէն պատերազմող մարդոց ամբողջ սերունդը հատաւ, ինչպէս Տէրը անոնց երդում ըրեր էր։
Եւ աւուրք որչափ անկան մեզ ի գնալն մեզ ի Կադեսբառնեայ մինչեւ անցաք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ, երեսուն եւ ութ ամ. մինչեւ անկաւ ամենայն ազգ արանց պատերազմողաց ի բանակէ անտի, որպէս երդուաւ նոցա [33]Աստուած:

2:14: Եւ աւուրք որչափ անկա՛ն մեզ ՚ի գնալն մեզ ՚ի Կադէսբառնեայ, մինչեւ անցա՛ք ընդ ձորն Զարեդ, երեսուն եւ ութ ամ. մինչեւ անկա՛ւ ամենայն ազգ արանց պատերազմողաց ՚ի բանակէ անտի, որպէս երդուաւ նոցա Աստուած[1652].
[1652] Ոմանք. ՚Ի գնալն մեր ՚ի Կադէսբ՛՛։
14 Կադէսբառնեայից մինչեւ Զարեդ ձորն անցնելը տեւեց երեսունութ տարի: Այդ ընթացքում պատերազմող բանակի բոլոր տղամարդիկ կոտորուեցին, ինչպէս որ Աստուած երդուել էր նրանց:
14 Մեր պտըտած օրերը, Կադէս–Բառնեայէն ելլելէն մինչեւ Զարեդ ձորէն անցնիլը, երեսունըութը տարի եղաւ. մինչեւ որ բանակին մէջէն պատերազմող մարդոց ամբողջ սերունդը հատաւ, ինչպէս Տէրը անոնց երդում ըրեր էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1414: С тех пор, как мы пошли в Кадес-Варни и как прошли долину Заред, [минуло] тридцать восемь лет, и у нас перевелся из среды стана весь род ходящих на войну, как клялся им Господь;
2:14 καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day ἃς ος who; what παρεπορεύθημεν παραπορευομαι travel by / around ἀπὸ απο from; away Καδης καδης till; until οὗ ος who; what παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress τὴν ο the φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge Ζαρετ ζαρετ thirty καὶ και and; even ὀκτὼ οκτω eight ἔτη ετος year ἕως εως till; until οὗ ος who; what διέπεσεν διαπιπτω all; every γενεὰ γενεα generation ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband πολεμιστῶν πολεμιστης die ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks καθότι καθοτι in that ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ὁ ο the θεός θεος God
2:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יָּמִ֞ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] הָלַ֣כְנוּ׀ hālˈaḵnû הלך walk מִ mi מִן from קָּדֵ֣שׁ בַּרְנֵ֗עַ qqāḏˈēš barnˈēₐʕ קָדֵשׁ בַּרְנֵעַ Kadesh Barnea עַ֤ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָבַ֨רְנוּ֙ ʕāvˈarnû עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi זֶ֔רֶד zˈereḏ זֶרֶד Zered שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three וּ û וְ and שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה šᵊmōnˌeh שְׁמֹנֶה eight שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto תֹּ֨ם tˌōm תמם be complete כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the דֹּ֜ור ddˈôr דֹּור generation אַנְשֵׁ֤י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man הַ ha הַ the מִּלְחָמָה֙ mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war מִ mi מִן from קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior הַֽ hˈa הַ the מַּחֲנֶ֔ה mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֥ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
2:14. tempus autem quo ambulavimus de Cadesbarne usque ad transitum torrentis Zared triginta octo annorum fuit donec consumeretur omnis generatio hominum bellatorum de castris sicut iuraverat DominusAnd the time that we journeyed from Cadesbarne till we passed over the torrent Zared, was thirty-eight years: until all the generation of the men that were fit for war was consumed out of the camp, as the Lord had sworn:
14. And the days in which we came from Kadesh-barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, were thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were consumed from the midst of the camp, as the LORD sware unto them.
2:14. Then, from the time that we advanced from Kadesh-barnea until we crossed over the torrent Zered, there were thirty-eight years, until the entire generation of the men who were fit for war had been consumed out of the camp, just as the Lord had sworn.
2:14. And the space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, [was] thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them.
And the space in which we came from Kadesh- barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, [was] thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them:

14: С тех пор, как мы пошли в Кадес-Варни и как прошли долину Заред, [минуло] тридцать восемь лет, и у нас перевелся из среды стана весь род ходящих на войну, как клялся им Господь;
2:14
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
ἃς ος who; what
παρεπορεύθημεν παραπορευομαι travel by / around
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Καδης καδης till; until
οὗ ος who; what
παρήλθομεν παρερχομαι pass; transgress
τὴν ο the
φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge
Ζαρετ ζαρετ thirty
καὶ και and; even
ὀκτὼ οκτω eight
ἔτη ετος year
ἕως εως till; until
οὗ ος who; what
διέπεσεν διαπιπτω all; every
γενεὰ γενεα generation
ἀνδρῶν ανηρ man; husband
πολεμιστῶν πολεμιστης die
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
καθότι καθοτι in that
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ο the
θεός θεος God
2:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִ֞ים yyāmˈîm יֹום day
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הָלַ֣כְנוּ׀ hālˈaḵnû הלך walk
מִ mi מִן from
קָּדֵ֣שׁ בַּרְנֵ֗עַ qqāḏˈēš barnˈēₐʕ קָדֵשׁ בַּרְנֵעַ Kadesh Barnea
עַ֤ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָבַ֨רְנוּ֙ ʕāvˈarnû עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
זֶ֔רֶד zˈereḏ זֶרֶד Zered
שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים šᵊlōšˌîm שָׁלֹשׁ three
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמֹנֶ֖ה šᵊmōnˌeh שְׁמֹנֶה eight
שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
תֹּ֨ם tˌōm תמם be complete
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
דֹּ֜ור ddˈôr דֹּור generation
אַנְשֵׁ֤י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man
הַ ha הַ the
מִּלְחָמָה֙ mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war
מִ mi מִן from
קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מַּחֲנֶ֔ה mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֥ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
2:14. tempus autem quo ambulavimus de Cadesbarne usque ad transitum torrentis Zared triginta octo annorum fuit donec consumeretur omnis generatio hominum bellatorum de castris sicut iuraverat Dominus
And the time that we journeyed from Cadesbarne till we passed over the torrent Zared, was thirty-eight years: until all the generation of the men that were fit for war was consumed out of the camp, as the Lord had sworn:
2:14. Then, from the time that we advanced from Kadesh-barnea until we crossed over the torrent Zered, there were thirty-eight years, until the entire generation of the men who were fit for war had been consumed out of the camp, just as the Lord had sworn.
2:14. And the space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, [was] thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:14: Kadeshbarnea: Deu 1:2, Deu 1:19, Deu 1:46; Num 13:26
until all the generation: Deu 1:34, Deu 1:35; Num 14:28-35, Num 26:64, Num 26:65, Num 32:11; Psa 90:3, Psa 90:9, Psa 95:11; Eze 20:15; Heb 3:8-19; Jde 1:5
Geneva 1599
2:14 And the (g) space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, [was] thirty and eight years; until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host, as the LORD sware unto them.
(g) He shows by this, that as God is true in his promise, so his threatenings are not in vain.
John Gill
2:14 And the space in which we came from Kadeshbarnea,.... The space of time; or, "the days" (b); the number of them:
until we were come over the brook Zered, was thirty and eight years; that is, from the time that the spies were sent and searched the land, and brought a report of it; for they were sent from Kadeshbarnea, Num 32:8 unto the passage of the Israelites over Zered, were thirty eight years; so long they had been travelling in the wilderness, after they were come to the borders of the land:
until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the host; all that were twenty years old and upwards, and fit to go out to war upon occasion, when the people were first numbered after they came out of Egypt; all that generation was now consumed within the above space of time, excepting two, Caleb and Joshua:
as the Lord sware unto them; Num 14:21.
(b) "et dies", Montanus; "dies autem", Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
2:152:15: եւ ձեռն Աստուծոյ էր ՚ի վերայ նոցա սատակե՛լ զնոսա ՚ի բանակէն մինչեւ անկան[1653]։ [1653] Այլք. Եւ ձեռն Տեառն էր ՚ի վերայ։
15 Աստծու ձեռքը նրանց վրայ էր, որպէսզի նրանց կորստեան մատնի բանակատեղիում: Եւ նրանք բոլորն էլ ընկան:
15 Եւ զանոնք բանակին մէջէն բնաջինջ ընելու համար՝ Տէրոջը ձեռքն ալ անոնց վրայ էր, մինչեւ որ անոնք հատան։
Եւ ձեռն [34]Աստուծոյ էր ի վերայ նոցա սատակել զնոսա ի բանակէն, մինչեւ անկան:

2:15: եւ ձեռն Աստուծոյ էր ՚ի վերայ նոցա սատակե՛լ զնոսա ՚ի բանակէն մինչեւ անկան[1653]։
[1653] Այլք. Եւ ձեռն Տեառն էր ՚ի վերայ։
15 Աստծու ձեռքը նրանց վրայ էր, որպէսզի նրանց կորստեան մատնի բանակատեղիում: Եւ նրանք բոլորն էլ ընկան:
15 Եւ զանոնք բանակին մէջէն բնաջինջ ընելու համար՝ Տէրոջը ձեռքն ալ անոնց վրայ էր, մինչեւ որ անոնք հատան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1515: да и рука Господня была на них, чтоб истреблять их из среды стана, пока не вымерли.
2:15 καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the χεὶρ χειρ hand τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ἦν ειμι be ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐξαναλῶσαι εξαναλισκω he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks ἕως εως till; until οὗ ος who; what διέπεσαν διαπιπτω fall away; slip away
2:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and גַ֤ם ḡˈam גַּם even יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH הָ֣יְתָה hˈāyᵊṯā היה be בָּ֔ם bˈām בְּ in לְ lᵊ לְ to הֻמָּ֖ם hummˌām המם confuse מִ mi מִן from קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior הַֽ hˈa הַ the מַּחֲנֶ֑ה mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto תֻּמָּֽם׃ tummˈām תמם be complete
2:15. cuius manus fuit adversum eos ut interirent de castrorum medioFor his hand was against them, that they should perish from the midst of the camp.
15. Moreover the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from the midst of the camp, until they were consumed.
2:15. For his hand was against them, so that they would pass away from the midst of the camp.
2:15. For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed.
For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed:

15: да и рука Господня была на них, чтоб истреблять их из среды стана, пока не вымерли.
2:15
καὶ και and; even
ο the
χεὶρ χειρ hand
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ἦν ειμι be
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐξαναλῶσαι εξαναλισκω he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
παρεμβολῆς παρεμβολη encampment; barracks
ἕως εως till; until
οὗ ος who; what
διέπεσαν διαπιπτω fall away; slip away
2:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גַ֤ם ḡˈam גַּם even
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
הָ֣יְתָה hˈāyᵊṯā היה be
בָּ֔ם bˈām בְּ in
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הֻמָּ֖ם hummˌām המם confuse
מִ mi מִן from
קֶּ֣רֶב qqˈerev קֶרֶב interior
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מַּחֲנֶ֑ה mmaḥᵃnˈeh מַחֲנֶה camp
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
תֻּמָּֽם׃ tummˈām תמם be complete
2:15. cuius manus fuit adversum eos ut interirent de castrorum medio
For his hand was against them, that they should perish from the midst of the camp.
2:15. For his hand was against them, so that they would pass away from the midst of the camp.
2:15. For indeed the hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:15: the hand of the: Jdg 2:15; Sa1 5:6, Sa1 5:9, Sa1 5:11, Sa1 7:13; Psa 32:4, Psa 78:33, Psa 90:7-9, Psa 106:26; Isa 66:14; Co1 10:5
Geneva 1599
2:15 For indeed the (h) hand of the LORD was against them, to destroy them from among the host, until they were consumed.
(h) His plague and punishment to destroy all that were twenty years old and above.
John Gill
2:15 For indeed the hand of the Lord was against them,.... His power was exerted in a way of wrath and vengeance on them, for their murmurings at the report of the spies; and therefore, it is no wonder they were consumed, for strong is his hand, and high is his right hand; and when lifted up it falls heavy, and there is no standing up under it, or against it: it smote them with one disease or another, or brought one judgment or another upon them: as the sword of Amalek, by which many were cut off, and the plague at Shittim in the plains of Moab, in which died 24,000; besides the destruction of Korah and his company, which was quickly after the affair of the spies, and the plague at that time, of which died 14,700; and thus, by one stroke after another, he went on to
destroy them from among the host until they were consumed, even all of them but two, as follows.
2:162:16: Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ անկան ամենայն արք պատերազմօղք մեռեալք ՚ի միջոյ ժողովրդեանն,
16 Երբ ժողովրդի միջից վերացան պատերազմող բոլոր տղամարդիկ, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ եւ ասաց.
16 Երբ բոլոր պատերազմող մարդիկը ժողովուրդին մէջէն հատան,
Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ անկան ամենայն արք պատերազմողք մեռեալք ի միջոյ ժողովրդեանն:

2:16: Եւ եղեւ իբրեւ անկան ամենայն արք պատերազմօղք մեռեալք ՚ի միջոյ ժողովրդեանն,
16 Երբ ժողովրդի միջից վերացան պատերազմող բոլոր տղամարդիկ, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ եւ ասաց.
16 Երբ բոլոր պատերազմող մարդիկը ժողովուրդին մէջէն հատան,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1616: Когда же перевелись все ходящие на войну и вымерли из среды народа,
2:16 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become ἐπεὶ επει since; otherwise διέπεσαν διαπιπτω all; every οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband οἱ ο the πολεμισταὶ πολεμιστης die ἐκ εκ from; out of μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population
2:16 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be כַ ḵa כְּ as אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] תַּ֜מּוּ tˈammû תמם be complete כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אַנְשֵׁ֧י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man הַ ha הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֛ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war לָ lā לְ to מ֖וּת mˌûṯ מות die מִ mi מִן from קֶּ֥רֶב qqˌerev קֶרֶב interior הָ hā הַ the עָֽם׃ ס ʕˈām . s עַם people
2:16. postquam autem universi ceciderunt pugnatoresAnd after all the fighting men were dead,
16. So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people,
2:16. Then, after all the fighting men had fallen,
2:16. So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people,
So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people:

16: Когда же перевелись все ходящие на войну и вымерли из среды народа,
2:16
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
ἐπεὶ επει since; otherwise
διέπεσαν διαπιπτω all; every
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
οἱ ο the
πολεμισταὶ πολεμιστης die
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέσου μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
2:16
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be
כַ ḵa כְּ as
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תַּ֜מּוּ tˈammû תמם be complete
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אַנְשֵׁ֧י ʔanšˈê אִישׁ man
הַ ha הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֛ה mmilḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
לָ לְ to
מ֖וּת mˌûṯ מות die
מִ mi מִן from
קֶּ֥רֶב qqˌerev קֶרֶב interior
הָ הַ the
עָֽם׃ ס ʕˈām . s עַם people
2:16. postquam autem universi ceciderunt pugnatores
And after all the fighting men were dead,
2:16. Then, after all the fighting men had fallen,
2:16. So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
2:16 So it came to pass, when all the men of war were consumed,.... By wasting diseases and judgments of one kind or another:
and dead from among the people; the rising and surviving generation.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:16 all the men of war were consumed and dead from among the people--The outbreak at Kadesh on the false report of the spies had been the occasion of the fatal decree by which God doomed the whole grown-up population to die in the wilderness [Num 14:29]; but that outbreak only filled up the measure of their iniquities. For that generation, though not universally abandoned to heathenish and idolatrous practices, yet had all along displayed a fearful amount of ungodliness in the desert, which this history only hints at obscurely, but which is expressly asserted elsewhere (Ezek 20:25-26; Amos 5:25, Amos 5:27; Acts 7:42-43).
2:172:17: խօսեցա՛ւ Տէր ընդ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
17 “Դու այսօր Մովաբի սահմանով կ’անցնես Սէիր:
17 Տէրը ինծի խօսեցաւ՝ ըսելով.
խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ իս եւ ասէ:

2:17: խօսեցա՛ւ Տէր ընդ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
17 “Դու այսօր Մովաբի սահմանով կ’անցնես Սէիր:
17 Տէրը ինծի խօսեցաւ՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1717: тогда сказал мне Господь, говоря:
2:17 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me λέγων λεγω tell; declare
2:17 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:17. locutus est Dominus ad me dicensThe Lord spoke to me, saying:
17. that the LORD spake unto me, saying,
2:17. the Lord spoke to me, saying:
2:17. That the LORD spake unto me, saying,
That the LORD spake unto me, saying:

17: тогда сказал мне Господь, говоря:
2:17
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
2:17
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֥ר yᵊḏabbˌēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:17. locutus est Dominus ad me dicens
The Lord spoke to me, saying:
2:17. the Lord spoke to me, saying:
2:17. That the LORD spake unto me, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
2:17 That the Lord spoke unto me,.... At the brook Zered, having passed that, or at Dibongad, which was their next station:
saying; as follows.
2:182:18: Դու անցանես այսօր առ սահմանօք Մովաբու ՚ի Սէիր.
18 Դուք կը մօտենաք Ամոնացիների երկրի սահմաններին:
18 ‘Դուն այսօր Մովաբի սահմանը եղած Արէն անցիր
Դու անցանես այսօր առ սահմանօք Մովաբու [35]ի Սէիր:

2:18: Դու անցանես այսօր առ սահմանօք Մովաբու ՚ի Սէիր.
18 Դուք կը մօտենաք Ամոնացիների երկրի սահմաններին:
18 ‘Դուն այսօր Մովաբի սահմանը եղած Արէն անցիր
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1818: ты проходишь ныне мимо пределов Моава, мимо Ара,
2:18 σὺ συ you παραπορεύσῃ παραπορευομαι travel by / around σήμερον σημερον today; present τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier Μωαβ μωαβ the Σηιρ σηιρ Sēir; Sir
2:18 אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you עֹבֵ֥ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֛ום yyˈôm יֹום day אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary מֹואָ֖ב môʔˌāv מֹואָב Moab אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עָֽר׃ ʕˈār עָר Ar
2:18. tu transibis hodie terminos Moab urbem nomine ArThou shalt pass this day the borders of Moab, the city named Ar:
18. Thou art this day to pass over Ar, the border of Moab:
2:18. ‘Today, you shall cross the borders of Moab, at the city named Ar.
2:18. Thou art to pass over through Ar, the coast of Moab, this day:
Thou art to pass over through Ar, the coast of Moab, this day:

18: ты проходишь ныне мимо пределов Моава, мимо Ара,
2:18
σὺ συ you
παραπορεύσῃ παραπορευομαι travel by / around
σήμερον σημερον today; present
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
Μωαβ μωαβ the
Σηιρ σηιρ Sēir; Sir
2:18
אַתָּ֨ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
עֹבֵ֥ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֛ום yyˈôm יֹום day
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
מֹואָ֖ב môʔˌāv מֹואָב Moab
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עָֽר׃ ʕˈār עָר Ar
2:18. tu transibis hodie terminos Moab urbem nomine Ar
Thou shalt pass this day the borders of Moab, the city named Ar:
2:18. ‘Today, you shall cross the borders of Moab, at the city named Ar.
2:18. Thou art to pass over through Ar, the coast of Moab, this day:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:18: Num 21:15, Num 21:23; Isa 15:1
John Gill
2:18 Thou art to pass over through Ar,.... That is, over the river Arnon, by the city Ar of Moab, which was situated by it; see Deut 2:9 and so Moses and the people of Israel were to pass along by that:
and by the coast of Moab; for they were not admitted to enter the land and pass through it; only to travel on the borders of it, and that they were to begin to do this day; the day the Lord spake to Moses.
2:192:19: եւ մօտ հասանիցէք յորդիսն Ամոնայ, մի՛ թշնամանիցիք ընդ նոսա, եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ. զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ զերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ ՚ի վիճակ. քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտա՛յ ետու զնոսա վիճակաւ[1654]։ [1654] Ոմանք. Մի՛ թշնամիցիք... եւ մի գրգռիցիք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ։
19 Նրանց հետ թշնամութիւն մի՛ արէք, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ մի՛ հրահրէք, որովհետեւ Ամոնացիների երկիրն իբրեւ սեփականութիւն ձեզ չեմ տայ. դա վիճակ գցելով Ղովտի որդիներին եմ տուել:
19 Ու Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանին* մօտեցիր։ Անոնց թշնամութիւն մի՛ ըներ եւ անոնց հետ մի՛ կռուիր. քանզի Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկրէն քեզի ժառանգութիւն պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ զանիկա Ղովտին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւն տուի։
եւ մօտ հասանիցէք յորդիսն Ամոնայ, մի՛ թշնամանայցիք ընդ նոսա, եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ. զի ոչ տաց ձեզ զերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ ի վիճակ, քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտայ ետու զնա վիճակաւ:

2:19: եւ մօտ հասանիցէք յորդիսն Ամոնայ, մի՛ թշնամանիցիք ընդ նոսա, եւ մի՛ գրգռիցէք ընդ նոսա պատերազմ. զի ո՛չ տաց ձեզ զերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ ՚ի վիճակ. քանզի որդւոցն Ղովտա՛յ ետու զնոսա վիճակաւ[1654]։
[1654] Ոմանք. Մի՛ թշնամիցիք... եւ մի գրգռիցիք ընդ նոսա ՚ի պատերազմ։
19 Նրանց հետ թշնամութիւն մի՛ արէք, նրանց դէմ պատերազմ մի՛ հրահրէք, որովհետեւ Ամոնացիների երկիրն իբրեւ սեփականութիւն ձեզ չեմ տայ. դա վիճակ գցելով Ղովտի որդիներին եմ տուել:
19 Ու Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանին* մօտեցիր։ Անոնց թշնամութիւն մի՛ ըներ եւ անոնց հետ մի՛ կռուիր. քանզի Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկրէն քեզի ժառանգութիւն պիտի չտամ, որովհետեւ զանիկա Ղովտին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւն տուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:1919: и приблизился к Аммонитянам; не вступай с ними во вражду, и не начинай с ними войны, ибо Я не дам тебе ничего от земли сынов Аммоновых во владение, потому что Я отдал ее во владение сынам Лотовым;
2:19 καὶ και and; even προσάξετε προσαγω lead toward; head toward ἐγγὺς εγγυς close υἱῶν υιος son Αμμαν αμμαν not ἐχθραίνετε εχθραινω he; him καὶ και and; even μὴ μη not συνάψητε συναπτω he; him εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle οὐ ου not γὰρ γαρ for μὴ μη not δῶ διδωμι give; deposit ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land υἱῶν υιος son Αμμαν αμμαν you ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment ὅτι οτι since; that τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Λωτ λωτ Lōt; Lot δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit αὐτὴν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
2:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and קָרַבְתָּ֗ qāravtˈā קרב approach מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son עַמֹּ֔ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תְּצֻרֵ֖ם tᵊṣurˌēm צור damage וְ wᵊ וְ and אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּתְגָּ֣ר tiṯgˈār גרה stir בָּ֑ם bˈām בְּ in כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not אֶ֠תֵּן ʔettˌēn נתן give מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֨רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son עַמֹּ֤ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon לְךָ֙ lᵊḵˌā לְ to יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that לִ li לְ to בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son לֹ֖וט lˌôṭ לֹוט Lot נְתַתִּ֥יהָ nᵊṯattˌîhā נתן give יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃ yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
2:19. et accedens in vicina filiorum Ammon cave ne pugnes contra eos nec movearis ad proelium non enim dabo tibi de terra filiorum Ammon quia filiis Loth dedi eam in possessionemAnd when thou comest nigh the frontiers of the children of Ammon, take heed thou fight not against them, nor once move to battle: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon, because I have given it to the children of Lot for a possession.
19. and when thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, vex them not, nor contend with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon for a possession: because I have given it unto the children of Lot for a possession.
2:19. And when you have arrived in the vicinity of the sons of Ammon, be careful that you do not fight against them, nor should you be moved to battle. For I will not give to you from the land of the sons of Ammon, because I have given it to the sons of Lot as a possession.’
2:19. And [when] thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon [any] possession; because I have given it unto the children of Lot [for] a possession.
And [when] thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon [any] possession; because I have given it unto the children of Lot [for] a possession:

19: и приблизился к Аммонитянам; не вступай с ними во вражду, и не начинай с ними войны, ибо Я не дам тебе ничего от земли сынов Аммоновых во владение, потому что Я отдал ее во владение сынам Лотовым;
2:19
καὶ και and; even
προσάξετε προσαγω lead toward; head toward
ἐγγὺς εγγυς close
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμαν αμμαν not
ἐχθραίνετε εχθραινω he; him
καὶ και and; even
μὴ μη not
συνάψητε συναπτω he; him
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
οὐ ου not
γὰρ γαρ for
μὴ μη not
δῶ διδωμι give; deposit
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμαν αμμαν you
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
ὅτι οτι since; that
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Λωτ λωτ Lōt; Lot
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
2:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קָרַבְתָּ֗ qāravtˈā קרב approach
מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עַמֹּ֔ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תְּצֻרֵ֖ם tᵊṣurˌēm צור damage
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּתְגָּ֣ר tiṯgˈār גרה stir
בָּ֑ם bˈām בְּ in
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
אֶ֠תֵּן ʔettˌēn נתן give
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֨רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
עַמֹּ֤ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
לְךָ֙ lᵊḵˌā לְ to
יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵי־ vᵊnê- בֵּן son
לֹ֖וט lˌôṭ לֹוט Lot
נְתַתִּ֥יהָ nᵊṯattˌîhā נתן give
יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃ yᵊruššˈā יְרֻשָּׁה possession
2:19. et accedens in vicina filiorum Ammon cave ne pugnes contra eos nec movearis ad proelium non enim dabo tibi de terra filiorum Ammon quia filiis Loth dedi eam in possessionem
And when thou comest nigh the frontiers of the children of Ammon, take heed thou fight not against them, nor once move to battle: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon, because I have given it to the children of Lot for a possession.
2:19. And when you have arrived in the vicinity of the sons of Ammon, be careful that you do not fight against them, nor should you be moved to battle. For I will not give to you from the land of the sons of Ammon, because I have given it to the sons of Lot as a possession.’
2:19. And [when] thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon [any] possession; because I have given it unto the children of Lot [for] a possession.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:19: Deu 2:5, Deu 2:9; Gen 19:36-38; Jdg 11:13-27; Ch2 20:10
John Gill
2:19 And when thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon,.... Who dwelt near the Moabites, and were brethren, both descending from Lot, Gen 19:37.
distress them not, nor meddle with them: lay no siege to any of their cities, nor provoke them to war, nor engage in battle with them:
for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon any possession; that is, any part of it which was now in their hands; otherwise half their land was given to the tribe of Gad; but then that was what Sihon king of the Amorites had taken from them, and which Israel retook from him, and so possessed it not as the land of the Ammonites, but of the Amorites, one of the seven nations, whose land they were to inherit; see Josh 13:25,
because I have given it unto the children of Lot for a possession; the Ammonites were the children of Lot by his second daughter, Gen 19:38.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:19 when thou comest nigh over against the children of Ammon, distress them not, nor meddle with them--The Ammonites, being kindred to the Moabites, were, from regard to the memory of their common ancestor, to remain undisturbed by the Israelites. The territory of this people had been directly north from that of Moab. It extended as far as the Jabbok, having been taken by them from a number of small Canaanitish tribes, namely, the Zamzummins, a bullying, presumptuous band of giants, as their name indicates; and the Avims, the aborigines of the district extending from Hazerim or Hazeroth (El Hudhera) even unto Azzah (Gaza), but of which they had been dispossessed by the Caphtorim (Philistines), who came out of Caphtor (Lower Egypt) and settled in the western coast of Palestine. The limits of the Ammonites were now compressed; but they still possessed the mountainous region beyond the Jabbok (Josh 11:2). What a strange insight does this parenthesis of four verses give into the early history of Palestine! How many successive wars of conquest had swept over its early state--what changes of dynasty among the Canaanitish tribes had taken place long prior to the transactions recorded in this history!
2:202:20: Երկիր որ Ռափնայ համարեսցի. քանզի նախ՝ Ռափայի՛նք բնակէին ՚ի նմա. եւ Ամոնացիք անուանեն զնոսա Զոմզոմի՛նս[1655], [1655] Ոմանք. Որ Ռափանայ. կամ՝ Ռափայան համարեսցին... Անուանեն զնոսա Զոմմինս։
20 (Երկիրը Ռափնային էր պատկանում, քանի որ նախ ռափայինեան ցեղերն[2] էին բնակւում այնտեղ: Ամոնացիները նրանց անուանում էին զոմզոմեաններ:[2] 2. Իմա՛՝ հսկայամարմին մարդիկ:
20 (Այն ալ հսկաներու երկիր կը սեպուէր։ Առաջ այն տեղը հսկաներ կը բնակէին ու Ամմոնացիները զանոնք Զամզումիմ կը կոչէին.
Երկիր [36]որ Ռափնայ համարեսցի``. քանզի նախ` [37]Ռափայինք բնակէին ի նմա, եւ Ամոնացիք անուանեն զնոսա Զոմզոմինս:

2:20: Երկիր որ Ռափնայ համարեսցի. քանզի նախ՝ Ռափայի՛նք բնակէին ՚ի նմա. եւ Ամոնացիք անուանեն զնոսա Զոմզոմի՛նս[1655],
[1655] Ոմանք. Որ Ռափանայ. կամ՝ Ռափայան համարեսցին... Անուանեն զնոսա Զոմմինս։
20 (Երկիրը Ռափնային էր պատկանում, քանի որ նախ ռափայինեան ցեղերն[2] էին բնակւում այնտեղ: Ամոնացիները նրանց անուանում էին զոմզոմեաններ:
[2] 2. Իմա՛՝ հսկայամարմին մարդիկ:
20 (Այն ալ հսկաներու երկիր կը սեպուէր։ Առաջ այն տեղը հսկաներ կը բնակէին ու Ամմոնացիները զանոնք Զամզումիմ կը կոչէին.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2020: и она считалась землею Рефаимов; прежде жили на ней Рефаимы; Аммонитяне же называют их Замзумимами;
2:20 γῆ γη earth; land Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count καὶ και and; even γὰρ γαρ for ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him κατῴκουν κατοικεω settle οἱ ο the Ραφαϊν ραφαιν the πρότερον προτερον earlier καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Αμμανῖται αμμανιται name αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him Ζομζομμιν ζομζομμιν Zomzommin
2:20 אֶֽרֶץ־ ʔˈereṣ- אֶרֶץ earth רְפָאִ֥ים rᵊfāʔˌîm רְפָאִים Rephaim תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב tēḥāšˌēv חשׁב account אַף־ ʔaf- אַף even הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she רְפָאִ֤ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim יָֽשְׁבוּ־ yˈāšᵊvû- ישׁב sit בָהּ֙ vˌāh בְּ in לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנִ֔ים fānˈîm פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the עַמֹּנִ֔ים ʕammōnˈîm עַמֹּונִי Ammonite יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to זַמְזֻמִּֽים׃ zamzummˈîm זַמְזֻמִּים Zamzummites
2:20. terra gigantum reputata est et in ipsa olim habitaverunt gigantes quos Ammanitae vocant ZomzommimIt was accounted a land of giants: and giants formerly dwelt in it, whom the Ammonites call Zomzommims,
20. ( That also is accounted a land of Rephaim: Rephaim dwelt therein aforetime; but the Ammonites call them Zamzummim;
2:20. It was reputed to be a land of giants. And giants lived there in times past, those whom the Ammonites call the Zamzummim.
2:20. (That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims;
That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims:

20: и она считалась землею Рефаимов; прежде жили на ней Рефаимы; Аммонитяне же называют их Замзумимами;
2:20
γῆ γη earth; land
Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count
καὶ και and; even
γὰρ γαρ for
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
κατῴκουν κατοικεω settle
οἱ ο the
Ραφαϊν ραφαιν the
πρότερον προτερον earlier
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Αμμανῖται αμμανιται name
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
Ζομζομμιν ζομζομμιν Zomzommin
2:20
אֶֽרֶץ־ ʔˈereṣ- אֶרֶץ earth
רְפָאִ֥ים rᵊfāʔˌîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב tēḥāšˌēv חשׁב account
אַף־ ʔaf- אַף even
הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she
רְפָאִ֤ים rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
יָֽשְׁבוּ־ yˈāšᵊvû- ישׁב sit
בָהּ֙ vˌāh בְּ in
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנִ֔ים fānˈîm פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עַמֹּנִ֔ים ʕammōnˈîm עַמֹּונִי Ammonite
יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
זַמְזֻמִּֽים׃ zamzummˈîm זַמְזֻמִּים Zamzummites
2:20. terra gigantum reputata est et in ipsa olim habitaverunt gigantes quos Ammanitae vocant Zomzommim
It was accounted a land of giants: and giants formerly dwelt in it, whom the Ammonites call Zomzommims,
2:20. It was reputed to be a land of giants. And giants lived there in times past, those whom the Ammonites call the Zamzummim.
2:20. (That also was accounted a land of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:20: That also was accounted a land of giants - That was accounted the land or territory of the Rephaim.
Zamzummims - Supposed to be the same as the Zuzim, Gen 14:5. Of these ancient people we know very little; they were probably inconsiderable tribes or clans, "pursuing and pursued, each other's prey," till at length a stronger totally destroyed or subdued them, and their name became either extinct or absorbed in that of their conquerors. From the 10th to the 12th, and from the 20th to the 23d verse inclusive (Deu 2:10-12, Deu 2:20-23), we have certain historical remarks introduced which do not seem to have been made by Moses, but rather by Joshua or Ezra. By the introduction of these verses the thread of the narrative suffers considerable interruption. Dr. Kennicott considers both these passages to be interpolations. That they could not have made a part of the speech of Moses originally, needs little proof.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:20: These verses, like Deu 2:10-12, are in all likelihood an addition made by a later Rev_iser.

2:20
Zamzummims - A giant race usually identified with the Zuzims of Gen 14:5.

R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:20: Zamzummims: Gen 14:5, Zuzims
Geneva 1599
2:20 (That also was accounted a land (i) of giants: giants dwelt therein in old time; and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims;
(i) Who called themselves Rephaims: that is, preservers, or physicians to heal and reform vices: but were indeed Zamzummims, that is, wicked and abominable.
John Gill
2:20 That also was accounted a land of giants,.... Ammon was so reckoned as well as Moab, Deut 2:10.
giants dwelt therein in old time; the Rephaim dwelt there, as they did also in Ashteroth Karnaim, Gen 14:5.
and the Ammonites call them Zamzummims; they are thought to be the same with the Zuzims in Gen 14:5 who had their name, as Hillerus (c) thinks, from Mezuzah, a door post, from their tall stature, being as high as one; and for a like reason Saph the giant might have his name, 2Kings 21:18. The word Zamzummims, according to him (d), signifies contrivers of evil and terrible things; they were inventors of wickedness, crafty and subtle in forming wicked and mischievous designs, which struck terror into people, and made them formidable to them.
(c) Onomastic. Sacr. p. 158, 288, 289. (d) Onomastic. Sacr. p. 161, 310, 428.
2:212:21: ա՛զգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ զօրաւոր իբրեւ զԵնակիմսն. եւ կորո՛յս զնոսա Տէր յերեսաց նոցա. եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա։
21 Նրանք ենակիմեանների նման մեծ, բազմամարդ ու հզօր ազգ էին: Տէրը սրանց վերացրեց մէջտեղից, եւ ենակիմեանները բնակուեցին այդտեղ՝ նրանց փոխարէն:
21 Որոնք Ենակիմներուն պէս մեծ ու շատուոր եւ երկայնահասակ ազգ մըն էին, բայց Տէրը զանոնք բնաջինջ ըրաւ անոնց առջեւէն, որոնք վռնտեցին զանոնք եւ անոնց տեղը բնակեցան.
ազգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ [38]զօրաւոր իբրեւ զԵնակիմսն. եւ կորոյս զնոսա Տէր յերեսաց նոցա, եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա:

2:21: ա՛զգ մեծ եւ բազում եւ զօրաւոր իբրեւ զԵնակիմսն. եւ կորո՛յս զնոսա Տէր յերեսաց նոցա. եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա։
21 Նրանք ենակիմեանների նման մեծ, բազմամարդ ու հզօր ազգ էին: Տէրը սրանց վերացրեց մէջտեղից, եւ ենակիմեանները բնակուեցին այդտեղ՝ նրանց փոխարէն:
21 Որոնք Ենակիմներուն պէս մեծ ու շատուոր եւ երկայնահասակ ազգ մըն էին, բայց Տէրը զանոնք բնաջինջ ըրաւ անոնց առջեւէն, որոնք վռնտեցին զանոնք եւ անոնց տեղը բնակեցան.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2121: народ великий, многочисленный и высокий, как [сыны] Енаковы, и истребил их Господь пред лицем их, и изгнали они их и поселились на месте их,
2:21 ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste μέγα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even πολὺ πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even δυνατώτερον δυνατος possible; able ὑμῶν υμων your ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as οἱ ο the Ενακιμ ενακιμ and; even ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατεκληρονόμησαν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession καὶ και and; even κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ταύτης ουτος this; he
2:21 עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great וְ wᵊ וְ and רַ֛ב rˈav רַב much וָ wā וְ and רָ֖ם rˌām רום be high כָּ kā כְּ as † הַ the עֲנָקִ֑ים ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁמִידֵ֤ם yyašmîḏˈēm שׁמד destroy יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and יִּירָשֻׁ֖ם yyîrāšˌum ירשׁ trample down וַ wa וְ and יֵּשְׁב֥וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit תַחְתָּֽם׃ ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
2:21. populus magnus et multus et procerae longitudinis sicut Enacim quos delevit Dominus a facie eorum et fecit illos habitare pro eisA people great and many, and of tall stature, like the Enacims whom the Lord destroyed before their face: and he made them to dwell in their stead,
21. a people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakim; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead:
2:21. They are a people, great and numerous, and of lofty stature, like the Anakim, whom the Lord wiped away before their face. And he caused them to live there in place of them,
2:21. A people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead:
A people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead:

21: народ великий, многочисленный и высокий, как [сыны] Енаковы, и истребил их Господь пред лицем их, и изгнали они их и поселились на месте их,
2:21
ἔθνος εθνος nation; caste
μέγα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
πολὺ πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
δυνατώτερον δυνατος possible; able
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
οἱ ο the
Ενακιμ ενακιμ and; even
ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατεκληρονόμησαν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
καὶ και and; even
κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle
ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ταύτης ουτος this; he
2:21
עַ֣ם ʕˈam עַם people
גָּדֹ֥ול gāḏˌôl גָּדֹול great
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רַ֛ב rˈav רַב much
וָ וְ and
רָ֖ם rˌām רום be high
כָּ כְּ as
הַ the
עֲנָקִ֑ים ʕᵃnāqˈîm עֲנָק neck
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁמִידֵ֤ם yyašmîḏˈēm שׁמד destroy
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
יִּירָשֻׁ֖ם yyîrāšˌum ירשׁ trample down
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשְׁב֥וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit
תַחְתָּֽם׃ ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
2:21. populus magnus et multus et procerae longitudinis sicut Enacim quos delevit Dominus a facie eorum et fecit illos habitare pro eis
A people great and many, and of tall stature, like the Enacims whom the Lord destroyed before their face: and he made them to dwell in their stead,
2:21. They are a people, great and numerous, and of lofty stature, like the Anakim, whom the Lord wiped away before their face. And he caused them to live there in place of them,
2:21. A people great, and many, and tall, as the Anakims; but the LORD destroyed them before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:21: great: Deu 2:10, Deu 2:11, Deu 1:28, Deu 3:11
but the Lord: These fragments of ancient history seem to be introduced to encourage the Israelites. If the Lord destroyed these gigantic people before the posterity of Lot and of Esau, what cause had the posterity of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, his chosen servants and friends, to fear the Anakims, or the Canaanites? especially as Israel acted by commission from God, and had his promise as their security of success, and the pledge of it in his presence, and the wonders which he had already wrought for them; and as they were the only nation of worshippers of the Lord, in the ordinances of his institution, which could be found on earth. This is so often repeated to possess the minds of the Israelites with a sense of God's providence, which rules every where; displacing one people, and placing another in their stead; and fixing their bounds also, which they cannot pass without his leave. Deu 2:22; Jdg 11:24; Jer 27:7, Jer 27:8; Hab 1:10, Hab 1:11
John Gill
2:21 A people great and many, and tall as the Anakims,.... As the Emims were, Deut 2:10 but the Lord destroyed them before them; destroyed the Zamzummims before the children of Amman; or otherwise they would have been an too much for them, being so numerous, and of such a gigantic stature:
and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead; and in this way, and by these means, he gave them their land for a possession, Deut 2:19.
2:222:22: Որպէս արար որդւոցն Եսաւայ բնակելոց ՚ի Սէիր, զորօրինակ սատակեա՛ց Տէր զՔոռեցին յերեսաց նոցա, եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա մինչեւ ցայսօր[1656]։ [1656] Ոմանք. Այնպէս արար որդւոցն Եսաւայ։
22 Տէրն ինչ որ արեց Եսաւի՝ Սէիրում բնակուող յետնորդների նկատմամբ, նոյնն արեց քոռեցիների նկատմամբ. կոտորեց նրանց, եւ Եսաւի յետնորդներն ստանալով այդ երկիրը՝ նրանց փոխարէն բնակւում են այդտեղ մինչեւ այսօր:
22 Ինչպէս Սէիր բնակող Եսաւին որդիներուն համար ալ ըրաւ, երբ Քոռեցիները բնաջինջ ըրաւ անոնց առջեւէն եւ զանոնք վռնտեցին ու անոնց տեղը բնակեցան մինչեւ այսօր։
որպէս արար որդւոցն Եսաւայ բնակելոց ի Սէիր, զոր օրինակ սատակեաց Տէր զՔոռեցին յերեսաց նոցա, եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա մինչեւ ցայսօր:

2:22: Որպէս արար որդւոցն Եսաւայ բնակելոց ՚ի Սէիր, զորօրինակ սատակեա՛ց Տէր զՔոռեցին յերեսաց նոցա, եւ ժառանգեցին եւ բնակեցին փոխանակ նոցա մինչեւ ցայսօր[1656]։
[1656] Ոմանք. Այնպէս արար որդւոցն Եսաւայ։
22 Տէրն ինչ որ արեց Եսաւի՝ Սէիրում բնակուող յետնորդների նկատմամբ, նոյնն արեց քոռեցիների նկատմամբ. կոտորեց նրանց, եւ Եսաւի յետնորդներն ստանալով այդ երկիրը՝ նրանց փոխարէն բնակւում են այդտեղ մինչեւ այսօր:
22 Ինչպէս Սէիր բնակող Եսաւին որդիներուն համար ալ ըրաւ, երբ Քոռեցիները բնաջինջ ըրաւ անոնց առջեւէն եւ զանոնք վռնտեցին ու անոնց տեղը բնակեցան մինչեւ այսօր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2222: как Он сделал для сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, истребив пред лицем их Хорреев, и они изгнали их, и поселились на месте их, и [живут] до сего дня;
2:22 ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav τοῖς ο the κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Σηιρ σηιρ who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω the Χορραῖον χορραιος from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατεκληρονόμησαν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession καὶ και and; even κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ταύτης ουτος this; he
2:22 כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂה֙ ʕāśˌā עשׂה make לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau הַ ha הַ the יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֵׂעִ֑יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִשְׁמִ֤יד hišmˈîḏ שׁמד destroy אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the חֹרִי֙ ḥōrˌî חֹרִי Horite מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and יִּֽירָשֻׁם֙ yyˈîrāšum ירשׁ trample down וַ wa וְ and יֵּשְׁב֣וּ yyēšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit תַחְתָּ֔ם ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:22. sicut fecerat filiis Esau qui habitant in Seir delens Horreos et terram eorum illis tradens quam possident usque in praesensAs he had done in favour of the children of Esau, that dwell in Seir, destroying the Horrhites, and delivering their land to them, which they possess to this day.
22. as he did for the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir, when he destroyed the Horites from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day:
2:22. just as he had done for the sons of Esau, who live at Seir, wiping out the Horites and delivering their land to them, which they possess even to the present time.
2:22. As he did to the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day:
As he did to the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day:

22: как Он сделал для сынов Исавовых, живущих на Сеире, истребив пред лицем их Хорреев, и они изгнали их, и поселились на месте их, и [живут] до сего дня;
2:22
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
ἐποίησαν ποιεω do; make
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
τοῖς ο the
κατοικοῦσιν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Σηιρ σηιρ who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω the
Χορραῖον χορραιος from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατεκληρονόμησαν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
καὶ και and; even
κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle
ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ταύτης ουτος this; he
2:22
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂה֙ ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עֵשָׂ֔ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂעִ֑יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִשְׁמִ֤יד hišmˈîḏ שׁמד destroy
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
חֹרִי֙ ḥōrˌî חֹרִי Horite
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם ppᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
יִּֽירָשֻׁם֙ yyˈîrāšum ירשׁ trample down
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשְׁב֣וּ yyēšᵊvˈû ישׁב sit
תַחְתָּ֔ם ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
2:22. sicut fecerat filiis Esau qui habitant in Seir delens Horreos et terram eorum illis tradens quam possident usque in praesens
As he had done in favour of the children of Esau, that dwell in Seir, destroying the Horrhites, and delivering their land to them, which they possess to this day.
2:22. just as he had done for the sons of Esau, who live at Seir, wiping out the Horites and delivering their land to them, which they possess even to the present time.
2:22. As he did to the children of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horims from before them; and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead even unto this day:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:22: Esau: Gen 36:8
the Horims: Deu 2:12; Gen 14:6, Gen 36:20-30; Ch1 1:38-42
John Gill
2:22 As he did to the children of Esau which dwelt in Seir,.... He did the like things for them as he did for the Ammonites:
when he destroyed the Horims from before them: which is repeated from Deut 2:12, other instances of the like kind being here recited:
and they succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead, even unto this day; See Gill on Deut 2:12.
2:232:23: Եւ Խեւացիքն որ բնակեալ էին յԱսիրովթ մինչեւ ցԳազայ. եւ Գամիրքն որ ելեալ էին ՚ի Գամրաց՝ սատակեցի՛ն զնոսա, եւ բնակեցա՛ն փոխանակ նոցա[1657]։[1657] Ոմանք. Որ ելանէին ՚ի Գամրաց։
23 Խեւացիները, որոնք բնակւում էին Ասիրոթից մինչեւ Գազա, ու Գամիրքից դուրս եկած գամիրցիները կոտորեցին նրանց ու նրանց փոխարէն բնակուեցին այդ երկրում):
23 Աւացիները, որոնք մինչեւ Գազա գիւղաքաղաքներու* մէջ կը բնակէին, զանոնք ալ Կափթորէն ելլող Կափթորացիները ջարդեցին ու անոնց տեղը բնակեցան։)
Եւ Խեւացիքն որ բնակեալ էին յԱսիրովթ մինչեւ ցԳազայ. եւ [39]Գամիրքն որ ելեալ էին ի Գամրաց`` սատակեցին զնոսա, եւ բնակեցան փոխանակ նոցա:

2:23: Եւ Խեւացիքն որ բնակեալ էին յԱսիրովթ մինչեւ ցԳազայ. եւ Գամիրքն որ ելեալ էին ՚ի Գամրաց՝ սատակեցի՛ն զնոսա, եւ բնակեցա՛ն փոխանակ նոցա[1657]։
[1657] Ոմանք. Որ ելանէին ՚ի Գամրաց։
23 Խեւացիները, որոնք բնակւում էին Ասիրոթից մինչեւ Գազա, ու Գամիրքից դուրս եկած գամիրցիները կոտորեցին նրանց ու նրանց փոխարէն բնակուեցին այդ երկրում):
23 Աւացիները, որոնք մինչեւ Գազա գիւղաքաղաքներու* մէջ կը բնակէին, զանոնք ալ Կափթորէն ելլող Կափթորացիները ջարդեցին ու անոնց տեղը բնակեցան։)
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2323: и Аввеев, живших в селениях до самой Газы, Кафторимы, исшедшие из Кафтора, истребили и поселились на месте их.
2:23 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Ευαῖοι ευαιος the κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in ασηρωθ ασηρωθ.1 till; until Γάζης γαζα Gaza καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Καππάδοκες καππαδοκες the ἐξελθόντες εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐκ εκ from; out of Καππαδοκίας καππαδοκια Kappadokia; Kappathokia ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω he; him καὶ και and; even κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
2:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the עַוִּ֛ים ʕawwˈîm עַוִּים Avvim הַ ha הַ the יֹּשְׁבִ֥ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בַּ ba בְּ in חֲצֵרִ֖ים ḥᵃṣērˌîm חָצֵר court עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto עַזָּ֑ה ʕazzˈā עַזָּה Gaza כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ kaftōrîm כַּפְתֹּרִי Caphtorite הַ ha הַ the יֹּצְאִ֣ים yyōṣᵊʔˈîm יצא go out מִ mi מִן from כַּפְתֹּ֔ור kkaftˈôr כַּפְתֹּור Caphtor הִשְׁמִידֻ֖ם hišmîḏˌum שׁמד destroy וַ wa וְ and יֵּשְׁב֥וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit תַחְתָּֽם׃ ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
2:23. Eveos quoque qui habitabant in Aserim usque Gazam Cappadoces expulerunt qui egressi de Cappadocia deleverunt eos et habitaverunt pro illisThe Hevites also, that dwelt in Haserim as far as Gaza, were expelled by the Cappadocians: who came out of Cappadocia, and destroyed them and dwelt in their stead.
23. and the Avvim which dwelt in villages as far as Gaza, the Caphtorim, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.)
2:23. Likewise the Hevites, who were living in small villages as far as Gaza, were expelled by the Cappadocians, who went forth from Cappadocia, and they wiped them out and lived in their place.
2:23. And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, [even] unto Azzah, the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.)
And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, [even] unto Azzah, the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead:

23: и Аввеев, живших в селениях до самой Газы, Кафторимы, исшедшие из Кафтора, истребили и поселились на месте их.
2:23
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Ευαῖοι ευαιος the
κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
ασηρωθ ασηρωθ.1 till; until
Γάζης γαζα Gaza
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Καππάδοκες καππαδοκες the
ἐξελθόντες εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Καππαδοκίας καππαδοκια Kappadokia; Kappathokia
ἐξέτριψαν εκτριβω he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατῳκίσθησαν κατοικιζω settle
ἀντ᾿ αντι against; instead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
2:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עַוִּ֛ים ʕawwˈîm עַוִּים Avvim
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשְׁבִ֥ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בַּ ba בְּ in
חֲצֵרִ֖ים ḥᵃṣērˌîm חָצֵר court
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
עַזָּ֑ה ʕazzˈā עַזָּה Gaza
כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ kaftōrîm כַּפְתֹּרִי Caphtorite
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּצְאִ֣ים yyōṣᵊʔˈîm יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
כַּפְתֹּ֔ור kkaftˈôr כַּפְתֹּור Caphtor
הִשְׁמִידֻ֖ם hišmîḏˌum שׁמד destroy
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּשְׁב֥וּ yyēšᵊvˌû ישׁב sit
תַחְתָּֽם׃ ṯaḥtˈām תַּחַת under part
2:23. Eveos quoque qui habitabant in Aserim usque Gazam Cappadoces expulerunt qui egressi de Cappadocia deleverunt eos et habitaverunt pro illis
The Hevites also, that dwelt in Haserim as far as Gaza, were expelled by the Cappadocians: who came out of Cappadocia, and destroyed them and dwelt in their stead.
2:23. Likewise the Hevites, who were living in small villages as far as Gaza, were expelled by the Cappadocians, who went forth from Cappadocia, and they wiped them out and lived in their place.
2:23. And the Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, [even] unto Azzah, the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.)
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:23
The Avims which dwelt in Hazerim, even unto Azzah - Read (Gaza, of which Azzah is the Hebrew form. "Hazerim" is not strictly a proper name, but means "villages," or "enclosures," probably such as are still common in the East. The Avims are no doubt identical with the Avites of Jos 13:3, and were doubtless a scattered remnant of a people conquered by the Caphtorim (Gen 10:14 note) and living in their "enclosures" in the neighborhood of Gerar. The word, which means "ruins," seems itself expressive of their fallen state.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:23: the Avims: Jos 13:3, Avites
Azzah: Kg1 4:24; Jer 25:20; Zep 2:4; Zac 9:5, Gaza
the Caphtorims which came: Gen 10:14; Jer 47:4; Amo 9:7; Act 17:26
John Gill
2:23 And the Avim, which dwelt in Hazerim, even unto Azzah,.... The same with the Avites, who appear to have inhabited some part of the land of the Philistines, in which Azzah or Gaza was, which was one of the five lordships of the Philistines, Josh 13:3. The word Hazerim signifies courts, and a learned man (e) interprets it of tents or huts placed in a square or circular form, so as to have an area in the middle; and in such the Avim may be supposed to dwell, while in Palestine, as far as Gaza:
the Caphtorim, which came from out of Caphtor, destroyed them; according to the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, and the Septuagint and Vulgate Latin versions, these were Cappadocians, that came out of Cappadocia; but it seems manifest that they were originally of Egypt, see Gen 10:14 and Bochart (f) thinks they went from thence into that part of Cappadocia that was near Colchis; but things not answering their expectations, they returned, and drove out the Avim from their country:
and dwelt in their stead; See Gill on Jer 47:4, Amos 9:7. Though it seems as if they were not utterly destroyed, but some escaped into Assyria, and settled there, where was a place called Ava from them; and from whence they were sent by the king of Assyria to repeople the cities of Samaria, after the captivity of the ten tribes; see 4Kings 17:24. Now these several instances are observed to encourage the children of Israel to hope and believe that they should be able to dispossess the Canaanites, and inherit their land; such dispossessions having been very frequent, when it was the will of God they should take place.
(e) Clayton's Chronology of the Hebrew Bible, p. 65. (f) Phaleg. l. 4. c. 32. col. 291, 292.
John Wesley
2:23 The Caphtorim - A people a - kin to the Philistines, Gen 10:14, and confederate with them in this enterprize, and so dwelling together, and by degrees uniting together by marriages, they became one people. Caphtor - Which is by the learned thought to be Cappadocia: whither these people might make an expedition out of Egypt, either because of the report of the great riches of part of that country which drew others thither from places equally remote, or for some other reason now unknown.
2:242:24: Արդ՝ արի՛ք չուեցէ՛ք եւ անցէ՛ք ընդ ձորն Առնովնայ. ահա մատնեցի՛ ՚ի ձեռս քո զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ զԱմովրհացի. եւ զերկիր նորա սկսիր ժառանգե՛լ. եւ գրգռե՛լ ընդ նմա պատերազմ[1658]։ [1658] Ոսկան. Զգրգռել ընդ նմա։
24 Արդ, վե՛ր կացէք գնացէք Առնոնի ձորը: Ահա քո ձեռքն եմ յանձնում Եսեբոնի արքայ ամորհացի Սեհոնին: Սկսի՛ր տիրել նրա երկրին եւ պատերազմ հրահրել նրա դէմ:
24 ‘Ելէ՛ք, չուեցէ՛ք ու Առնոն ձորէն անցէ՛ք։ Ահա Եսեբոնի թագաւորը, Ամօրհացի Սեհոնը ու անոր երկիրը քու ձեռքդ տուի. սկսէ՛ զանիկա ժառանգել ու անոր հետ պատերազմէ՛։
Արդ արիք չուեցէք եւ անցէք ընդ ձորն Առնովնայ. ահա մատնեցի ի ձեռս քո զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ զԱմովրհացի. եւ զերկիր նորա սկսիր ժառանգել, եւ գրգռել ընդ նմա պատերազմ:

2:24: Արդ՝ արի՛ք չուեցէ՛ք եւ անցէ՛ք ընդ ձորն Առնովնայ. ահա մատնեցի՛ ՚ի ձեռս քո զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ զԱմովրհացի. եւ զերկիր նորա սկսիր ժառանգե՛լ. եւ գրգռե՛լ ընդ նմա պատերազմ[1658]։
[1658] Ոսկան. Զգրգռել ընդ նմա։
24 Արդ, վե՛ր կացէք գնացէք Առնոնի ձորը: Ահա քո ձեռքն եմ յանձնում Եսեբոնի արքայ ամորհացի Սեհոնին: Սկսի՛ր տիրել նրա երկրին եւ պատերազմ հրահրել նրա դէմ:
24 ‘Ելէ՛ք, չուեցէ՛ք ու Առնոն ձորէն անցէ՛ք։ Ահա Եսեբոնի թագաւորը, Ամօրհացի Սեհոնը ու անոր երկիրը քու ձեռքդ տուի. սկսէ՛ զանիկա ժառանգել ու անոր հետ պատերազմէ՛։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2424: Встаньте, отправьтесь и перейдите поток Арнон; вот, Я предаю в руку твою Сигона, царя Есевонского, Аморреянина, и землю его; начинай овладевать ею, и веди с ним войну;
2:24 νῦν νυν now; present οὖν ουν then ἀνάστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect καὶ και and; even ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away καὶ και and; even παρέλθατε παρερχομαι pass; transgress ὑμεῖς υμεις you τὴν ο the φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge Αρνων αρνων see!; here I am παραδέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χεῖράς χειρ hand σου σου of you; your τὸν ο the Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων the Αμορραῖον αμορραιος and; even τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐνάρχου εναρχομαι initiate; begin κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir σύναπτε συναπτω to; toward αὐτὸν αυτος he; him πόλεμον πολεμος battle
2:24 ק֣וּמוּ qˈûmû קום arise סְּע֗וּ ssᵊʕˈû נסע pull out וְ wᵊ וְ and עִבְרוּ֮ ʕivrˈû עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹן֒ ʔarnˌōn אַרְנֹון Arnon רְאֵ֣ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see נָתַ֣תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give בְ֠ vᵊ בְּ in יָדְךָ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] סִיחֹ֨ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king חֶשְׁבֹּ֧ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֛י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצֹ֖ו ʔarṣˌô אֶרֶץ earth הָחֵ֣ל hāḥˈēl חלל defile רָ֑שׁ rˈāš ירשׁ trample down וְ wᵊ וְ and הִתְגָּ֥ר hiṯgˌār גרה stir בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in מִלְחָמָֽה׃ milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
2:24. surgite et transite torrentem Arnon ecce tradidi in manu tua Seon regem Esebon Amorreum et terram eius incipe possidere et committe adversum eum proeliumArise ye, and pass the torrent Arnon: Behold I have delivered into thy hand Sehon king of Hesebon the Amorrhite, and begin thou to possess his land and make war against him.
24. Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the valley of Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle.
2:24. ‘Rise up and cross the torrent Arnon! Behold, I have delivered Sihon, the king of Heshbon, the Amorite, into your hand, and so, begin to possess his land and to engage in battle against him.
2:24. Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess [it], and contend with him in battle.
Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess [it], and contend with him in battle:

24: Встаньте, отправьтесь и перейдите поток Арнон; вот, Я предаю в руку твою Сигона, царя Есевонского, Аморреянина, и землю его; начинай овладевать ею, и веди с ним войну;
2:24
νῦν νυν now; present
οὖν ουν then
ἀνάστητε ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
καὶ και and; even
ἀπάρατε απαιρω remove; take away
καὶ και and; even
παρέλθατε παρερχομαι pass; transgress
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
τὴν ο the
φάραγγα φαραγξ gorge
Αρνων αρνων see!; here I am
παραδέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χεῖράς χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
τὸν ο the
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων the
Αμορραῖον αμορραιος and; even
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐνάρχου εναρχομαι initiate; begin
κληρονομεῖν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
σύναπτε συναπτω to; toward
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
2:24
ק֣וּמוּ qˈûmû קום arise
סְּע֗וּ ssᵊʕˈû נסע pull out
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עִבְרוּ֮ ʕivrˈû עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹן֒ ʔarnˌōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
רְאֵ֣ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see
נָתַ֣תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
בְ֠ vᵊ בְּ in
יָדְךָ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
סִיחֹ֨ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
חֶשְׁבֹּ֧ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֛י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצֹ֖ו ʔarṣˌô אֶרֶץ earth
הָחֵ֣ל hāḥˈēl חלל defile
רָ֑שׁ rˈāš ירשׁ trample down
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִתְגָּ֥ר hiṯgˌār גרה stir
בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in
מִלְחָמָֽה׃ milḥāmˈā מִלְחָמָה war
2:24. surgite et transite torrentem Arnon ecce tradidi in manu tua Seon regem Esebon Amorreum et terram eius incipe possidere et committe adversum eum proelium
Arise ye, and pass the torrent Arnon: Behold I have delivered into thy hand Sehon king of Hesebon the Amorrhite, and begin thou to possess his land and make war against him.
2:24. ‘Rise up and cross the torrent Arnon! Behold, I have delivered Sihon, the king of Heshbon, the Amorite, into your hand, and so, begin to possess his land and to engage in battle against him.
2:24. Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess [it], and contend with him in battle.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24-37: Ср. Чис XXI:21–31.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
24: History of the Moabites.B. C. 1451.
24 Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle. 25 This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations that are under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee. 26 And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying, 27 Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the high way, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left. 28 Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet; 29 (As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us. 30 But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as appeareth this day. 31 And the LORD said unto me, Behold, I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land. 32 Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz. 33 And the LORD our God delivered him before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people. 34 And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain: 35 Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, and the spoil of the cities which we took. 36 From Aroer, which is by the brink of the river of Arnon, and from the city that is by the river, even unto Gilead, there was not one city too strong for us: the LORD our God delivered all unto us: 37 Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not, nor unto any place of the river Jabbok, nor unto the cities in the mountains, nor unto whatsoever the LORD our God forbad us.
God having tried the self-denial of his people in forbidding them to meddle with the Moabites and Ammonites, and they having quietly passed by those rich countries, and, though superior in number, not made any attack upon them, here he recompenses them for their obedience by giving them possession of the country of Sihon king of the Amorites. If we forbear what God forbids, we shall receive what he promises, and shall be no losers at last by our obedience, though it may seem for the present to be to our loss. Wrong not others, and God shall right thee.
I. God gives them commission to seize upon the country of Sihon king of Heshbon, v. 24, 25. This was then God's way of disposing of kingdoms, but such particular grants are not now either to be expected or pretended. In this commission observe, 1. Though God assured them that the land should be their own, yet they must bestir themselves, and contend in battle with the enemy. What God gives we must endeavour to get. 2. God promises that when they fight he will fight for them. Do you begin to possess it, and I will begin to put the dread of you upon them. God would dispirit the enemy and so destroy them, would magnify Israel and so terrify all those against whom they were commissioned. See Exod. xv. 14.
II. Moses sends to Sihon a message of peace, and only begs a passage through his land, with a promise to give his country no disturbance, but the advantage of trading for ready money with so great a body, v. 26-29. Moses herein did neither disobey God, who bade him contend with Sihon, nor dissemble with Sihon; but doubtless it was by divine direction that he did it, that Sihon might be left inexcusable, though God hardened his heart. This may illustrate the method of God's dealing with those to whom he gives his gospel, but does not give grace to believe it.
III. Sihon began the war (v. 32), God having made his heart obstinate, and hidden from his eyes the thing that belonged to his peace (v. 30), that he might deliver him into the hand of Israel. Those that meddle with the people of God meddle to their own hurt; and God sometimes ruins his enemies by their own resolves. See Mic. iv. 11-13; Rev. xvi. 14.
IV. Israel was victorious. 1. They put all the Amorites to the sword, men, women, and children (v. 33, 34); this they did as the executioners of God's wrath; now the measure of the Amorites' iniquity was full (Gen. xv. 16), and the longer it was in the filling the sorer was the reckoning at last. This was one of the devoted nations. They died, not as Israel's enemies, but as sacrifices to divine justice, in the offering of which sacrifices Israel was employed, as a kingdom of priests. The case being therefore extraordinary, it ought not to be drawn into a precedent for military executions, which make no distinction and give no quarter: those will have judgment without mercy that show no mercy. 2. They took possession of all they had; their cities (v. 34), their goods (v. 35), and their land, v. 36. The wealth of the sinner is laid up for the just. What a new world did Israel now come into! Most of them were born, and had lived all their days, in a vast howling wilderness, where they knew not what either fields or cities were, had no houses to dwell in, and neither sowed nor reaped; and now of a sudden to become masters of a country so well built, so well husbanded, this made them amends for their long waiting, and yet it was but the earnest of a great deal more. Much more joyful will the change be which holy souls will experience when they remove out of the wilderness of this world to the better country, that is, the heavenly, to the city that has foundations.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:24: the river Arnon: Deu 2:36; Num 21:13-15; Jdg 11:18-21
behold: Jos 6:16; Ch2 36:23; Ezr 1:2; Jer 27:5; Eze 29:20; Dan 2:38, Dan 4:17
begin to possess it: Heb. begin, possess.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
2:24
The Help of God in the Conquest of the Kingdom of Sihon. - Deut 2:24. Whereas the Israelites were not to make war upon the kindred tribes of Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites, or drive them out of the possessions given to them by God; the Lord had given the Amorites, who had forced as way into Gilead and Bashan, into their hands.
Deut 2:24-25
While they were encamped on the Arnon, the border of the Amoritish king of Sihon, He directed them to cross this frontier and take possession of the land of Sihon, and promised that He would give this king with all his territory into their hands, and that henceforward ("this day," the day on which Israel crossed the Arnon) He would put fear and terror of Israel upon all nations under the whole heaven, so that as soon as they heard the report of Israel they would tremble and writhe before them. רשׁ החל, "begin, take," an oratorical expression for "begin to take" (רשׁ in pause for רשׁ, Deut 1:21). The expression, "all nations under the whole heaven," is hyperbolical; it is not to be restricted, however, to the Canaanites and other neighbouring tribes, but, according to what follows, to be understood as referring to all nations to whom the report of the great deeds of the Lord upon and on behalf of Israel should reach (cf. Deut 11:25 and Ex 23:27). אשׁר, so that (as in Gen 11:7; Gen 13:16; Gen 22:14). וחלוּ, with the accent upon the last syllable, on account of the ו consec. (Ewald, 234, a.), from חוּל, to twist, or writhe with pain, here with anxiety.
Deut 2:26-30
If Moses, notwithstanding this, sent messengers to king Sihon with words of peace (Deut 2:26.; cf. Num 21:21.), this was done to show the king of the Amorites, that it was through his own fault that his kingdom and lands and life were lost. The wish to pass through his land in a peaceable manner was quite seriously expressed; although Moses foresaw, in consequence of the divine communication, that he would reject his proposal, and meet Israel with hostilities. For Sihon's kingdom did not form part of the land of Canaan, which God had promised to the patriarchs for their descendants; and the divine foreknowledge of the hardness of Sihon no more destroyed the freedom of his will to resolve, or the freedom of his actions, than the circumstance that in Deut 2:30 the unwillingness of Sihon is described as the effect of his being hardened by God Himself. The hardening was quite as much the production of human freedom and guilt, as the consequence of the divine decree; just as in the case of Pharaoh. On Kedemoth, see Num 21:13. בּדּרך בּדּרך, equivalent to "upon the way, and always upon the way," i.e., upon the high road alone, as in Num 20:19. On the behaviour of the Edomites towards Israel, mentioned in Deut 2:29, see Num 21:10. In the same way the Moabites also supplied Israel with provisions for money. This statement is not at variance with the unbrotherly conduct for which the Moabites are blamed in Deut 23:4, viz., that they did not meet the Israelites with bread and water. For קדּם, to meet and anticipate, signifies a hospitable reception, and the offering of food and drink without reward, which is essentially different from selling for money. "In Ar" (Deut 2:29), as in Deut 2:18. The suffix in בּו (Deut 2:30) refers to the king, who is mentioned as the lord of the land, in the place of the land itself, just as in Num 20:18.
Deut 2:31
The refusal of Sihon was suspended over him by God as a judgment of hardening, which led to his destruction. "As this day," an abbreviation of "as it has happened this day," i.e., as experience has now shown (cf. Deut 4:20, etc.).
Deut 2:32-33
Defeat of Sihon, as already described in the main in Num 21:23-26. The war was a war of extermination, in which all the towns were laid under the ban (see Lev 27:29), i.e., the whole of the population of men, women, and children were put to death, and only the flocks and herds and material possessions were taken by the conquerors as prey.
Deut 2:34-35
מתם עיר (city of men) is the town population of men.
Deut 2:36
They proceeded this way with the whole of the kingdom of Sihon. "From Aror on the edge of the Arnon valley (see at Num 32:34), and, in fact, from the city which is in the valley," i.e., Ar, or Areopolis (see at Num 21:15), - Aror being mentioned as the inclusive terminus a quo of the land that was taken, and the Moabitish capital Ar as the exclusive terminus, as in Josh 13:9 and Josh 13:16; "and as far as Gilead," which rises on the north, near the Jabbok (or Zerka, see at Deut 3:4), "there was no town too high for us," i.e., so strong that we could not take it.
Deut 2:37
Only along the land of the Ammonites the Israelites did not come, namely, along the whole of the side of the brook Jabbok, or the country of the Ammonites, which was situated upon the eastern side of the upper Jabbok, and the towns of the mountain, i.e., of the Ammonitish highlands, and "to all that the Lord had commanded," sc., commanded them not to remove. The statement, in Josh 13:25, that the half of the country of the Ammonites was given to the tribe of Gad, is not at variance with this; for the allusion there is to that portion of the land of the Ammonites which was between the Arnon and the Jabbok, and which had already been taken from the Ammonites by the Amorites under Sihon (cf. Judg 11:13.).
Geneva 1599
2:24 Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon: behold, I have given into thine hand Sihon the (k) Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land: begin to possess [it], and contend with him in battle.
(k) According to his promise made to Abraham, (Gen 15:16).
John Gill
2:24 Rise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the river Arnon,.... Which was on the border of Moab, and divided between Moab and the Amorites, Num 21:13.
behold, I have given into thy hand Sihon, the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his land; that is, he had determined to give it to the Israelites, for as yet it was not actually given; of this king, and the place he was king of; see Gill on Num 21:21, Num 21:26 begin to possess it, and contend with him in battle; provoke him to war, fight with him, take his land from him, and enter upon the possession of it, hereby assuring of victory.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
2:24 Rise ye up . . . and pass over the river Arnon--At its mouth, this stream is eighty-two feet wide and four deep. It flows in a channel banked by perpendicular cliffs of sandstone. At the date of the Israelitish migration to the east of the Jordan, the whole of the fine country lying between the Arnon and the Jabbok including the mountainous tract of Gilead, had been seized by the Amorites, who, being one of the nations doomed to destruction (see Deut 7:2; Deut 20:16), were utterly exterminated. Their country fell by right of conquest into the hands of the Israelites. Moses, however, considering this doom as referring solely to the Amorite possessions west of Jordan, sent a pacific message to Sihon, requesting permission to go through his territories, which lay on the east of that river. It is always customary to send messengers before to prepare the way; but the rejection of Moses' request by Sihon and his opposition to the advance of the Israelites (Num 21:23; Judg 11:26) drew down on himself and his Amorite subjects the predicted doom on the first pitched battlefield with the Canaanites. It secured to Israel not only the possession of a fine and pastoral country, but, what was of more importance to them, a free access to the Jordan on the east.
2:252:25: Յօրէ յայսմանէ սկսիր տա՛լ զա՛հ եւ զերկիւղ քո առաջի ամենայն ազգաց որ են ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից. զի որք լսիցեն զանուանէ քումմէ՝ խռովեսցին, եւ երկո՛ւնք կալցին զնոսա յերեսաց քոց։
25 Այսօրուանից սկսի՛ր ահ ու սարսափ տարածել երկնքի տակ գտնուող բոլոր ազգերի վրայ: Ով որ լսի քո անունը, պիտի դողայ, եւ քո սարսափը պիտի պատի նրանց”»:
25 Այսօր քու անունիդ վախն ու սոսկումը բոլոր երկնքի տակ եղող ազգերուն վրայ պիտի դնեմ, այնպէս որ քու համբաւդ լսողները քու երեսէդ պիտի դողան ու տագնապին’։
Յօրէ յայսմանէ [40]սկսիր տալ զահ եւ զերկեւղ քո առաջի ամենայն ազգաց որ են ի ներքոյ երկնից. զի որք լսիցեն զանուանէ քումմէ` խռովեսցին, եւ երկունք կալցին զնոսա յերեսաց քոց:

2:25: Յօրէ յայսմանէ սկսիր տա՛լ զա՛հ եւ զերկիւղ քո առաջի ամենայն ազգաց որ են ՚ի ներքոյ երկնից. զի որք լսիցեն զանուանէ քումմէ՝ խռովեսցին, եւ երկո՛ւնք կալցին զնոսա յերեսաց քոց։
25 Այսօրուանից սկսի՛ր ահ ու սարսափ տարածել երկնքի տակ գտնուող բոլոր ազգերի վրայ: Ով որ լսի քո անունը, պիտի դողայ, եւ քո սարսափը պիտի պատի նրանց”»:
25 Այսօր քու անունիդ վախն ու սոսկումը բոլոր երկնքի տակ եղող ազգերուն վրայ պիտի դնեմ, այնպէս որ քու համբաւդ լսողները քու երեսէդ պիտի դողան ու տագնապին’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2525: с сего дня Я начну распространять страх и ужас пред тобою на народы под всем небом; те, которые услышат о тебе, вострепещут и ужаснутся тебя.
2:25 ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ταύτῃ ουτος this; he ἐνάρχου εναρχομαι initiate; begin δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the τρόμον τρομος trembling σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the φόβον φοβος fear; awe σου σου of you; your ἐπὶ επι in; on πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of πάντων πας all; every τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste τῶν ο the ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven οἵτινες οστις who; that ἀκούσαντες ακουω hear τὸ ο the ὄνομά ονομα name; notable σου σου of you; your ταραχθήσονται ταρασσω stir up; trouble καὶ και and; even ὠδῖνας ωδιν contraction ἕξουσιν εχω have; hold ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of σου σου of you; your
2:25 הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֗ה zzˈeh זֶה this אָחֵל֙ ʔāḥˌēl חלל defile תֵּ֤ת tˈēṯ נתן give פַּחְדְּךָ֙ paḥdᵊḵˌā פַּחַד trembling וְ wᵊ וְ and יִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ yirʔˈāṯᵊḵˈā יִרְאָה fear עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵי֙ pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הָֽ hˈā הַ the עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמָ֑יִם ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יִשְׁמְעוּן֙ yišmᵊʕûn שׁמע hear שִׁמְעֲךָ֔ šimʕᵃḵˈā שֵׁמַע hearsay וְ wᵊ וְ and רָגְז֥וּ rāḡᵊzˌû רגז quake וְ wᵊ וְ and חָל֖וּ ḥālˌû חיל have labour pain, to cry מִ mi מִן from פָּנֶֽיךָ׃ ppānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
2:25. hodie incipiam mittere terrorem atque formidinem tuam in populos qui habitant sub omni caelo ut audito nomine tuo paveant et in morem parturientium contremescant et dolore teneanturThis day will I begin to send the dread and fear of thee upon the nations that dwell under the whole heaven: that when they hear thy name they may fear and tremble, and be in pain like women in travail.
25. This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the peoples that are under the whole heaven, who shall hear the report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee.
2:25. Today I will begin to send the terror and dread of you among the peoples who are living under all of heaven, so that, when they hear your name, they may be afraid, and may tremble in the manner of a woman giving birth, and may be gripped by anguish.’
2:25. This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations [that are] under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee.
This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations [that are] under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee:

25: с сего дня Я начну распространять страх и ужас пред тобою на народы под всем небом; те, которые услышат о тебе, вострепещут и ужаснутся тебя.
2:25
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
ἐνάρχου εναρχομαι initiate; begin
δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
τρόμον τρομος trembling
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
σου σου of you; your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
πάντων πας all; every
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
τῶν ο the
ὑποκάτω υποκατω underneath
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
οἵτινες οστις who; that
ἀκούσαντες ακουω hear
τὸ ο the
ὄνομά ονομα name; notable
σου σου of you; your
ταραχθήσονται ταρασσω stir up; trouble
καὶ και and; even
ὠδῖνας ωδιν contraction
ἕξουσιν εχω have; hold
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
σου σου of you; your
2:25
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֣ום yyˈôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֗ה zzˈeh זֶה this
אָחֵל֙ ʔāḥˌēl חלל defile
תֵּ֤ת tˈēṯ נתן give
פַּחְדְּךָ֙ paḥdᵊḵˌā פַּחַד trembling
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ yirʔˈāṯᵊḵˈā יִרְאָה fear
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵי֙ pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עַמִּ֔ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
תַּ֖חַת tˌaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמָ֑יִם ššāmˈāyim שָׁמַיִם heavens
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יִשְׁמְעוּן֙ yišmᵊʕûn שׁמע hear
שִׁמְעֲךָ֔ šimʕᵃḵˈā שֵׁמַע hearsay
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רָגְז֥וּ rāḡᵊzˌû רגז quake
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חָל֖וּ ḥālˌû חיל have labour pain, to cry
מִ mi מִן from
פָּנֶֽיךָ׃ ppānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
2:25. hodie incipiam mittere terrorem atque formidinem tuam in populos qui habitant sub omni caelo ut audito nomine tuo paveant et in morem parturientium contremescant et dolore teneantur
This day will I begin to send the dread and fear of thee upon the nations that dwell under the whole heaven: that when they hear thy name they may fear and tremble, and be in pain like women in travail.
2:25. Today I will begin to send the terror and dread of you among the peoples who are living under all of heaven, so that, when they hear your name, they may be afraid, and may tremble in the manner of a woman giving birth, and may be gripped by anguish.’
2:25. This day will I begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations [that are] under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:25: Deu 11:25, Deu 28:10; Exo 15:14-16, Exo 23:27; Jos 2:9-12, Jos 9:24; Kg2 7:6, Kg2 7:7; Psa 105:38; Jer 33:9; Rev 3:9
Geneva 1599
2:25 This day will I (l) begin to put the dread of thee and the fear of thee upon the nations [that are] under the whole heaven, who shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee.
(l) This declares that the hearts of men are in God's hands either to be made faint, or bold.
John Gill
2:25 This day will I begin to put the dread of thee,.... And so fulfil the prophecies delivered by Moses in Ex 15:14.
and the fear of thee upon the nations that are under the whole heaven; not only the neighbouring nations, the Edomites, Moabites, Ammonites, Philistines, and Canaanites, but nations more remote even throughout the whole world:
who shall report of thee; of what was done for Israel in Egypt, and at the Red sea, and in the wilderness; and particularly of the delivery of Sihon and Og, kings of the Amorites, and of their kingdoms into their hands:
and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee; lest they should proceed on, and make conquests of their lands also; see Josh 2:9.
John Wesley
2:25 Under heaven - The following words rest rain the sentence to those nations that heard of them.
2:262:26: Եւ առաքեցի հրեշտակս յանապատէն Կեդմովթայ առ Սեհո՛ն արքայ Եսեբոնայ բանի՛ւք խաղաղութեան, եւ ասեմ.
26 «Կեդմոթի անապատից բանագնացներ ուղարկեցի Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնի մօտ խաղաղութեան առաջարկով եւ ասացի.
26 Այն ատեն Կադեմօթի անապատէն Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորին խաղաղութեան խօսքերով դեսպաններ ղրկեցի՝ ըսելով.
Եւ առաքեցի հրեշտակս յանապատէն Կեդմովթայ առ Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ բանիւք խաղաղութեան, եւ ասեմ:

2:26: Եւ առաքեցի հրեշտակս յանապատէն Կեդմովթայ առ Սեհո՛ն արքայ Եսեբոնայ բանի՛ւք խաղաղութեան, եւ ասեմ.
26 «Կեդմոթի անապատից բանագնացներ ուղարկեցի Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնի մօտ խաղաղութեան առաջարկով եւ ասացի.
26 Այն ատեն Կադեմօթի անապատէն Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորին խաղաղութեան խօսքերով դեսպաններ ղրկեցի՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2626: И послал я послов из пустыни Кедемоф к Сигону, царю Есевонскому, с словами мирными, чтобы сказать:
2:26 καὶ και and; even ἀπέστειλα αποστελλω send off / away πρέσβεις πρεσβυς from; out of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Κεδαμωθ κεδαμωθ to; toward Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων word; log εἰρηνικοῖς ειρηνικος peaceful λέγων λεγω tell; declare
2:26 וָ wā וְ and אֶשְׁלַ֤ח ʔešlˈaḥ שׁלח send מַלְאָכִים֙ malʔāḵîm מַלְאָךְ messenger מִ mi מִן from מִּדְבַּ֣ר mmiḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert קְדֵמֹ֔ות qᵊḏēmˈôṯ קְדֵמֹות Kedemoth אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to סִיחֹ֖ון sîḥˌôn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon דִּבְרֵ֥י divrˌê דָּבָר word שָׁלֹ֖ום šālˌôm שָׁלֹום peace לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:26. misi ergo nuntios de solitudine Cademoth ad Seon regem Esebon verbis pacificis dicensSo I sent messengers from the wilderness of Cademoth to Sehon the king of Hesebon with peaceable words, saying:
26. And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying,
2:26. Therefore, I sent messengers from the wilderness of Kedemoth to Sihon, the king of Heshbon, with peaceful words, saying:
2:26. And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying,
And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying:

26: И послал я послов из пустыни Кедемоф к Сигону, царю Есевонскому, с словами мирными, чтобы сказать:
2:26
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέστειλα αποστελλω send off / away
πρέσβεις πρεσβυς from; out of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Κεδαμωθ κεδαμωθ to; toward
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων word; log
εἰρηνικοῖς ειρηνικος peaceful
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
2:26
וָ וְ and
אֶשְׁלַ֤ח ʔešlˈaḥ שׁלח send
מַלְאָכִים֙ malʔāḵîm מַלְאָךְ messenger
מִ mi מִן from
מִּדְבַּ֣ר mmiḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert
קְדֵמֹ֔ות qᵊḏēmˈôṯ קְדֵמֹות Kedemoth
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
סִיחֹ֖ון sîḥˌôn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
דִּבְרֵ֥י divrˌê דָּבָר word
שָׁלֹ֖ום šālˌôm שָׁלֹום peace
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
2:26. misi ergo nuntios de solitudine Cademoth ad Seon regem Esebon verbis pacificis dicens
So I sent messengers from the wilderness of Cademoth to Sehon the king of Hesebon with peaceable words, saying:
2:26. Therefore, I sent messengers from the wilderness of Kedemoth to Sihon, the king of Heshbon, with peaceful words, saying:
2:26. And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:26: Kedemoth - literally, "Easternmost parts;" the name of a town afterward assigned to the Reubenites, and given out of that tribe to the Levites. Compare Jos 13:18; Ch1 6:79.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:26: Kedemoth: Jos 13:18, Jos 21:37
with words: Deu 20:10, Deu 20:11; Est 9:30; Mat 10:12-15; Luk 10:5, Luk 10:6, Luk 10:10-12
John Gill
2:26 And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth,.... A city in the tribe of Reuben, and given by them to the Levites in later times, having been taken from the Amorites with others; near this lay a wilderness, which took its name from it, and seems to be the same with Jeshimon, Num 21:20. Aben Ezra takes it to be the wilderness of Matthanah, which according to Jerom (g) was situated on Arnon, twelve miles to the east of Medeba; see Num 21:18 from hence messengers were sent by Moses:
unto Sihon king of Heshbon, with words of peace; in a peaceable and respectful manner, desiring to be at peace and in friendship with him, and a continuance of it, which was done to leave him inexcusable; as afterwards a like method was ordered to be taken, when they came to any city, to proclaim peace, and if an answer of peace was given, no hostilities were to be committed, Deut 20:10,
saying; as follows.
(g) De loc. Heb. fol. 93. C.
2:272:27: Անցի՛ց ընդ երկիր քո, զճանապարհա՛յն գնացից. ո՛չ խոտորեցայց յաջ եւ ո՛չ յահեակ։
27 “Պիտի անցնեմ քո երկրով: Ճանապարհով կը գնամ, աջ կամ ձախ չեմ թեքուի:
27 ‘Անցնիմ քու երկրէդ. մեծ ճամբայէն պիտի երթամ ու աջ կամ ձախ կողմը պիտի չխոտորիմ։
Անցից ընդ երկիր քո, զճանապարհայն գնացից, ոչ խոտորեցայց յաջ եւ ոչ յահեակ:

2:27: Անցի՛ց ընդ երկիր քո, զճանապարհա՛յն գնացից. ո՛չ խոտորեցայց յաջ եւ ո՛չ յահեակ։
27 “Պիտի անցնեմ քո երկրով: Ճանապարհով կը գնամ, աջ կամ ձախ չեմ թեքուի:
27 ‘Անցնիմ քու երկրէդ. մեծ ճամբայէն պիտի երթամ ու աջ կամ ձախ կողմը պիտի չխոտորիմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2727: позволь пройти мне землею твоею; я пойду дорогою, не сойду ни направо, ни налево;
2:27 παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress διὰ δια through; because of τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land σου σου of you; your ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ὁδῷ οδος way; journey παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually ἐκκλινῶ εκκλινω deviate; avoid δεξιὰ δεξιος right οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither ἀριστερά αριστερος left
2:27 אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה ʔeʕbᵊrˈā עבר pass בְ vᵊ בְּ in אַרְצֶ֔ךָ ʔarṣˈeḵā אֶרֶץ earth בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the דֶּ֥רֶךְ ddˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the דֶּ֖רֶךְ ddˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way אֵלֵ֑ךְ ʔēlˈēḵ הלך walk לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not אָס֖וּר ʔāsˌûr סור turn aside יָמִ֥ין yāmˌîn יָמִין right-hand side וּ û וְ and שְׂמֹֽאול׃ śᵊmˈôl שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
2:27. transibimus per terram tuam publica gradiemur via non declinabimus neque ad dextram neque ad sinistramWe will pass through thy land, we will go along by the highway: we will not turn aside neither to the right hand nor to the left.
27. Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the highway, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left.
2:27. ‘We will cross through your land. We will advance by the public way. We will not turn aside, neither to the right, nor to the left.
2:27. Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the high way, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left.
Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the high way, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left:

27: позволь пройти мне землею твоею; я пойду дорогою, не сойду ни направо, ни налево;
2:27
παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress
διὰ δια through; because of
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
σου σου of you; your
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ὁδῷ οδος way; journey
παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress
οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually
ἐκκλινῶ εκκλινω deviate; avoid
δεξιὰ δεξιος right
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
ἀριστερά αριστερος left
2:27
אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה ʔeʕbᵊrˈā עבר pass
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אַרְצֶ֔ךָ ʔarṣˈeḵā אֶרֶץ earth
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
דֶּ֥רֶךְ ddˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
דֶּ֖רֶךְ ddˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
אֵלֵ֑ךְ ʔēlˈēḵ הלך walk
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
אָס֖וּר ʔāsˌûr סור turn aside
יָמִ֥ין yāmˌîn יָמִין right-hand side
וּ û וְ and
שְׂמֹֽאול׃ śᵊmˈôl שְׂמֹאל lefthand side
2:27. transibimus per terram tuam publica gradiemur via non declinabimus neque ad dextram neque ad sinistram
We will pass through thy land, we will go along by the highway: we will not turn aside neither to the right hand nor to the left.
2:27. ‘We will cross through your land. We will advance by the public way. We will not turn aside, neither to the right, nor to the left.
2:27. Let me pass through thy land: I will go along by the high way, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:27: Deu 2:6; Num 21:21-23; Jdg 11:19
John Gill
2:27 Let me pass through thy land,.... See Gill on Num 21:22,
I will go along by the highway; the king's highway, as in the place referred to, the public road:
I will neither turn to the right hand nor to the left; to go into his fields and vineyards, and gather the fruit, or tread down the corn and vines, or do any manner of mischief to them; see the above place.
2:282:28: Կերակուր՝ արծաթո՛յ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ կերայց. եւ ջուր՝ արծաթո՛յ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ արբից. բայց զի ոտի՛ւք եւ եթ անցից.
28 Արծաթով պարէն վաճառի՛ր ինձ, որ ուտեմ, արծաթով ջուր վաճառի՛ր ինձ, որ խմեմ, միայն թէ քայլելով անցնեմ:
28 Կերակուրը ինծի ստակով ծախէ, որ ուտեմ ու ջուրն ալ ստակով տուր, որ խմեմ. միայն թէ քալելով անցնիմ,
Կերակուր` արծաթոյ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ կերայց, եւ ջուր` արծաթոյ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ արբից, բայց զի ոտիւք եւեթ անցից:

2:28: Կերակուր՝ արծաթո՛յ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ կերայց. եւ ջուր՝ արծաթո՛յ վաճառեսցես ինձ եւ արբից. բայց զի ոտի՛ւք եւ եթ անցից.
28 Արծաթով պարէն վաճառի՛ր ինձ, որ ուտեմ, արծաթով ջուր վաճառի՛ր ինձ, որ խմեմ, միայն թէ քայլելով անցնեմ:
28 Կերակուրը ինծի ստակով ծախէ, որ ուտեմ ու ջուրն ալ ստակով տուր, որ խմեմ. միայն թէ քալելով անցնիմ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2828: пищу продавай мне за серебро, и я буду есть, и воду для питья давай мне за серебро, и я буду пить, только ногами моими пройду--
2:28 βρώματα βρωμα food ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money ἀποδώσῃ αποδιδωμι render; surrender μοι μοι me καὶ και and; even φάγομαι εσθιω eat; consume καὶ και and; even ὕδωρ υδωρ water ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money ἀποδώσῃ αποδιδωμι render; surrender μοι μοι me καὶ και and; even πίομαι πινω drink πλὴν πλην besides; only ὅτι οτι since; that παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress τοῖς ο the ποσίν πους foot; pace
2:28 אֹ֣כֶל ʔˈōḵel אֹכֶל food בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the כֶּ֤סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨נִי֙ tašbirˈēnî שׁבר buy grain וְ wᵊ וְ and אָכַ֔לְתִּי ʔāḵˈaltî אכל eat וּ û וְ and מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the כֶּ֥סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver תִּתֶּן־ titten- נתן give לִ֖י lˌî לְ to וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁתִ֑יתִי šāṯˈîṯî שׁתה drink רַ֖ק rˌaq רַק only אֶעְבְּרָ֥ה ʔeʕbᵊrˌā עבר pass בְ vᵊ בְּ in רַגְלָֽי׃ raḡlˈāy רֶגֶל foot
2:28. alimenta pretio vende nobis ut vescamur aquam pecunia tribue et sic bibemus tantum est ut nobis concedas transitumSell us meat for money, that we may eat: give us water for money and so we will drink. We only ask that thou wilt let us pass through,
28. Thou shalt sell me food for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only let me pass through on my feet;
2:28. Sell us food for a price, so that we may eat. Provide us with water for money, and so we will drink. We only ask that you allow us to pass through,
2:28. Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet;
Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet:

28: пищу продавай мне за серебро, и я буду есть, и воду для питья давай мне за серебро, и я буду пить, только ногами моими пройду--
2:28
βρώματα βρωμα food
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
ἀποδώσῃ αποδιδωμι render; surrender
μοι μοι me
καὶ και and; even
φάγομαι εσθιω eat; consume
καὶ και and; even
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
ἀργυρίου αργυριον silver piece; money
ἀποδώσῃ αποδιδωμι render; surrender
μοι μοι me
καὶ και and; even
πίομαι πινω drink
πλὴν πλην besides; only
ὅτι οτι since; that
παρελεύσομαι παρερχομαι pass; transgress
τοῖς ο the
ποσίν πους foot; pace
2:28
אֹ֣כֶל ʔˈōḵel אֹכֶל food
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
כֶּ֤סֶף kkˈesef כֶּסֶף silver
תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֨נִי֙ tašbirˈēnî שׁבר buy grain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָכַ֔לְתִּי ʔāḵˈaltî אכל eat
וּ û וְ and
מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
כֶּ֥סֶף kkˌesef כֶּסֶף silver
תִּתֶּן־ titten- נתן give
לִ֖י lˌî לְ to
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁתִ֑יתִי šāṯˈîṯî שׁתה drink
רַ֖ק rˌaq רַק only
אֶעְבְּרָ֥ה ʔeʕbᵊrˌā עבר pass
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
רַגְלָֽי׃ raḡlˈāy רֶגֶל foot
2:28. alimenta pretio vende nobis ut vescamur aquam pecunia tribue et sic bibemus tantum est ut nobis concedas transitum
Sell us meat for money, that we may eat: give us water for money and so we will drink. We only ask that thou wilt let us pass through,
2:28. Sell us food for a price, so that we may eat. Provide us with water for money, and so we will drink. We only ask that you allow us to pass through,
2:28. Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink: only I will pass through on my feet;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:28: only I will pass: Num 20:19
John Gill
2:28 Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat,.... If they thought fit to have provision of them, they desired no other but to pay for it:
and give me water for money, that I may drink; see Deut 2:6,
only I will pass through on my feet; for they were all footmen, Num 11:21, of the phrase; see Gill on Num 20:19.
John Wesley
2:28 On my feet - Or, with my company who are on foot: which is added significantly, because if their army had consisted as much of horsemen as many other armies did, their passage through his land might have been more mischievous and dangerous.
2:292:29: որպէս արարի՛ն ինձ որդիքն Եսաւայ բնակեալքն ՚ի Սէիր, եւ Մովաբացիքն բնակեալք յԱրոէր. մինչեւ անցի՛ց ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած տացէ մեզ[1659]։ [1659] Ոմանք. Զոր Տէր Աստուած տալոց է մեզ։
29 Թող լինի այնպէս, ինչպէս որ Սէիրում բնակուող Եսաւի յետնորդները եւ Արոյերում բնակուող մովաբացիները վարուեցին ինձ հետ, մինչեւ որ Յորդանան գետով անցնեմ այն երկիրը, որ Տէր Աստուածը տալու է մեզ”:
29 Ինչպէս Սէիր բնակող Եսաւին որդիներն ու Ար բնակող Մովաբացիները ինծի ըրին, մինչեւ որ ես Յորդանանէն անցնիմ դէպի այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը մեզի պիտի տայ’։
որպէս արարին ինձ որդիքն Եսաւայ բնակեալքն ի Սէիր, եւ Մովաբացիքն բնակեալք [41]յԱրոյէր, մինչեւ անցից ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած տացէ մեզ:

2:29: որպէս արարի՛ն ինձ որդիքն Եսաւայ բնակեալքն ՚ի Սէիր, եւ Մովաբացիքն բնակեալք յԱրոէր. մինչեւ անցի՛ց ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած տացէ մեզ[1659]։
[1659] Ոմանք. Զոր Տէր Աստուած տալոց է մեզ։
29 Թող լինի այնպէս, ինչպէս որ Սէիրում բնակուող Եսաւի յետնորդները եւ Արոյերում բնակուող մովաբացիները վարուեցին ինձ հետ, մինչեւ որ Յորդանան գետով անցնեմ այն երկիրը, որ Տէր Աստուածը տալու է մեզ”:
29 Ինչպէս Սէիր բնակող Եսաւին որդիներն ու Ար բնակող Մովաբացիները ինծի ըրին, մինչեւ որ ես Յորդանանէն անցնիմ դէպի այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը մեզի պիտի տայ’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:2929: так, как сделали мне сыны Исава, живущие на Сеире, и Моавитяне, живущие в Аре, доколе не перейду чрез Иордан в землю, которую Господь, Бог наш, дает нам.
2:29 καθὼς καθως just as / like ἐποίησάν ποιεω do; make μοι μοι me οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav οἱ ο the κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Σηιρ σηιρ and; even οἱ ο the Μωαβῖται μωαβιτης the κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Αροηρ αροηρ till; until παρέλθω παρερχομαι pass; transgress τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit ἡμῖν ημιν us
2:29 כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָֽשׂוּ־ ʕˈāśû- עשׂה make לִ֜י lˈî לְ to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son עֵשָׂ֗ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ yyˈōšᵊvîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שֵׂעִ֔יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מֹּ֣ואָבִ֔ים mmˈôʔāvˈîm מֹואָבִי Moabite הַ ha הַ the יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָ֑ר ʕˈār עָר Ar עַ֤ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אֶֽעֱבֹר֙ ʔˈeʕᵉvōr עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לָֽנוּ׃ lˈānû לְ to
2:29. sicut fecerunt filii Esau qui habitant in Seir et Moabitae qui morantur in Ar donec veniamus ad Iordanem et transeamus in terram quam Dominus Deus noster daturus est nobisAs the children of Esau have done, that dwell in Seir, and the Moabites, that abide in Ar: until we come to the Jordan, and pass to the land which the Lord our God will give us.
29. as the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me; until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us.
2:29. just as the sons of Esau have done, who live at Seir, and the Moabites, who abide in Ar, until we arrive at the Jordan, and we cross to the land which the Lord our God will give to us.’
2:29. (As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us.
As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us:

29: так, как сделали мне сыны Исава, живущие на Сеире, и Моавитяне, живущие в Аре, доколе не перейду чрез Иордан в землю, которую Господь, Бог наш, дает нам.
2:29
καθὼς καθως just as / like
ἐποίησάν ποιεω do; make
μοι μοι me
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ησαυ ησαυ Ēsau; Isav
οἱ ο the
κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Σηιρ σηιρ and; even
οἱ ο the
Μωαβῖται μωαβιτης the
κατοικοῦντες κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Αροηρ αροηρ till; until
παρέλθω παρερχομαι pass; transgress
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit
ἡμῖν ημιν us
2:29
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָֽשׂוּ־ ʕˈāśû- עשׂה make
לִ֜י lˈî לְ to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עֵשָׂ֗ו ʕēśˈāw עֵשָׂו Esau
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ yyˈōšᵊvîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שֵׂעִ֔יר śēʕˈîr שֵׂעִיר Seir
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מֹּ֣ואָבִ֔ים mmˈôʔāvˈîm מֹואָבִי Moabite
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים yyōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָ֑ר ʕˈār עָר Ar
עַ֤ד ʕˈaḏ עַד unto
אֲשֶֽׁר־ ʔᵃšˈer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אֶֽעֱבֹר֙ ʔˈeʕᵉvōr עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לָֽנוּ׃ lˈānû לְ to
2:29. sicut fecerunt filii Esau qui habitant in Seir et Moabitae qui morantur in Ar donec veniamus ad Iordanem et transeamus in terram quam Dominus Deus noster daturus est nobis
As the children of Esau have done, that dwell in Seir, and the Moabites, that abide in Ar: until we come to the Jordan, and pass to the land which the Lord our God will give us.
2:29. just as the sons of Esau have done, who live at Seir, and the Moabites, who abide in Ar, until we arrive at the Jordan, and we cross to the land which the Lord our God will give to us.’
2:29. (As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:29: As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir - See the note on Num 20:21.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:29: As the children: It appears to have been only the Edomites of Kadesh-barnea, south of Canaan, who denied the Israelites a passage; for those of mount Seir, now called Shera, are here expressly said to have granted it them, and this, in fact, was the very road by which they arrived at Canaan. Deu 23:3, Deu 23:4; Num 20:18; Jdg 11:17, Jdg 11:18
into the land: Deu 4:1, Deu 4:21, Deu 4:40, Deu 5:16, Deu 9:6, Deu 25:15; Exo 20:12; Jos 1:11-15
Geneva 1599
2:29 (As the (m) children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me;) until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the LORD our God giveth us.
(m) Because neither intreaty nor examples or others could move him, he could not complain of his just destruction.
John Gill
2:29 As the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me,.... Which respects, as Jarchi observes, not the affair of passing through their land requested, for neither of them granted that, but buying food and drink; for though the Edomites at first seem not to have granted that, yet afterwards they did. The mountain of Seir, and the city Ar, are put for the whole countries of Edom and Moab:
until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which the Lord our God giveth us; this is observed to remove any suspicion or jealousy of their seizing his country, and taking possession of it, and dwelling in it; since they only proposed to pass through it on their journey to the land of Canaan, which lay on the other side Jordan, over which they must pass in order to possess it, which they had a right unto by the gift of God.
John Wesley
2:29 As the children of Esau did - They did permit them to pass quietly by the borders, though not through the heart of their land, and in their passage the people sold them meat and drink, being it seems more kind to them than their king would have had them; and therefore they here ascribe this favour not to the king, though they are now treating with a king, but to the people, the children of Esau.
2:302:30: Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ անցանել մեզ առ նովաւ. զի խստացո՛յց Տէր Աստուած մեր զոգի նորա, եւ կարծրացո՛յց զսիրտ նորա՝ զի մատնեսցի ՚ի ձեռս քո յաւուրն յայնմիկ[1660]։ [1660] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձեռս քո յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
30 Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնը, սակայն, չկամեցաւ, որ մենք անցնենք նրա երկրով, որովհետեւ մեր Տէր Աստուածը խստացրել էր նրա ոգին ու կարծրացրել նրա սիրտը, որպէսզի նրան այդ օրը յանձնի քո ձեռքը:
30 Բայց Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորը չուզեց, որ մենք անկէ անցնինք. վասն զի քու Տէր Աստուածդ անոր հոգին խստացուցեր էր ու սիրտը կարծրացուցեր էր, որպէս զի զանիկա քու ձեռքդ տայ, ինչպէս այսօր կը տեսնես։
Եւ ոչ կամեցաւ Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ անցանել մեզ առ նովաւ. զի խստացոյց Տէր Աստուած [42]մեր զոգի նորա, եւ կարծրացոյց զսիրտ նորա, զի մատնեսցի ի ձեռս քո յաւուրս յայսմիկ:

2:30: Եւ ո՛չ կամեցաւ Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնայ անցանել մեզ առ նովաւ. զի խստացո՛յց Տէր Աստուած մեր զոգի նորա, եւ կարծրացո՛յց զսիրտ նորա՝ զի մատնեսցի ՚ի ձեռս քո յաւուրն յայնմիկ[1660]։
[1660] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձեռս քո յաւուրս յայսմիկ։
30 Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնը, սակայն, չկամեցաւ, որ մենք անցնենք նրա երկրով, որովհետեւ մեր Տէր Աստուածը խստացրել էր նրա ոգին ու կարծրացրել նրա սիրտը, որպէսզի նրան այդ օրը յանձնի քո ձեռքը:
30 Բայց Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորը չուզեց, որ մենք անկէ անցնինք. վասն զի քու Տէր Աստուածդ անոր հոգին խստացուցեր էր ու սիրտը կարծրացուցեր էր, որպէս զի զանիկա քու ձեռքդ տայ, ինչպէս այսօր կը տեսնես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3030: Но Сигон, царь Есевонский, не согласился позволить пройти нам через свою [землю], потому что Господь, Бог твой, ожесточил дух его и сердце его сделал упорным, чтобы предать его в руку твою, как [это видно] ныне.
2:30 καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἠθέλησεν θελω determine; will Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων pass; transgress ἡμᾶς ημας us δι᾿ δια through; because of αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that ἐσκλήρυνεν σκληρυνω harden κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our τὸ ο the πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατίσχυσεν κατισχυω force down; prevail τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἵνα ινα so; that παραδοθῇ παραδιδωμι betray; give over εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χεῖράς χειρ hand σου σου of you; your ὡς ως.1 as; how ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
2:30 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not אָבָ֗ה ʔāvˈā אבה want סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king חֶשְׁבֹּ֔ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon הַעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ haʕᵃvirˌēnû עבר pass בֹּ֑ו bˈô בְּ in כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that הִקְשָׁה֩ hiqšˌā קשׁה be hard יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רוּחֹ֗ו rûḥˈô רוּחַ wind וְ wᵊ וְ and אִמֵּץ֙ ʔimmˌēṣ אמץ be strong אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] לְבָבֹ֔ו lᵊvāvˈô לֵבָב heart לְמַ֛עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of תִּתֹּ֥ו tittˌô נתן give בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ ס zzˈeh . s זֶה this
2:30. noluitque Seon rex Esebon dare nobis transitum quia induraverat Dominus Deus tuus spiritum eius et obfirmaverat cor illius ut traderetur in manus tuas sicut nunc videsAnd Sehon the king of Hesebon would not let us pass: because the Lord thy God had hardened his spirit, and fixed his heart, that he might be delivered into thy hands, as now thou seest.
30. But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as at this day.
2:30. And Sihon, the king of Heshbon, was not willing to grant passage to us. For the Lord your God had hardened his spirit, and had fastened his heart, so that he would be delivered into your hands, just as you now see.
2:30. But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as [appeareth] this day.
But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as [appeareth] this day:

30: Но Сигон, царь Есевонский, не согласился позволить пройти нам через свою [землю], потому что Господь, Бог твой, ожесточил дух его и сердце его сделал упорным, чтобы предать его в руку твою, как [это видно] ныне.
2:30
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἠθέλησεν θελω determine; will
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων pass; transgress
ἡμᾶς ημας us
δι᾿ δια through; because of
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐσκλήρυνεν σκληρυνω harden
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
τὸ ο the
πνεῦμα πνευμα spirit; wind
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατίσχυσεν κατισχυω force down; prevail
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἵνα ινα so; that
παραδοθῇ παραδιδωμι betray; give over
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χεῖράς χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
ταύτῃ ουτος this; he
2:30
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
אָבָ֗ה ʔāvˈā אבה want
סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
חֶשְׁבֹּ֔ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
הַעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ haʕᵃvirˌēnû עבר pass
בֹּ֑ו bˈô בְּ in
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
הִקְשָׁה֩ hiqšˌā קשׁה be hard
יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רוּחֹ֗ו rûḥˈô רוּחַ wind
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִמֵּץ֙ ʔimmˌēṣ אמץ be strong
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
לְבָבֹ֔ו lᵊvāvˈô לֵבָב heart
לְמַ֛עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of
תִּתֹּ֥ו tittˌô נתן give
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ ס zzˈeh . s זֶה this
2:30. noluitque Seon rex Esebon dare nobis transitum quia induraverat Dominus Deus tuus spiritum eius et obfirmaverat cor illius ut traderetur in manus tuas sicut nunc vides
And Sehon the king of Hesebon would not let us pass: because the Lord thy God had hardened his spirit, and fixed his heart, that he might be delivered into thy hands, as now thou seest.
2:30. And Sihon, the king of Heshbon, was not willing to grant passage to us. For the Lord your God had hardened his spirit, and had fastened his heart, so that he would be delivered into your hands, just as you now see.
2:30. But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as [appeareth] this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:30: The Lord - hardened his spirit - See the notes on Exo 4:21, and Exo 9:15 (note), etc.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:30: for the Lord: Exo 4:21, Exo 11:10; Num 21:23; Jos 11:19, Jos 11:20; Jdg 11:20; Rom 9:17-23
obstinate: Isa 48:4
Geneva 1599
2:30 But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him: for the LORD thy God (n) hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as [appeareth] this day.
(n) God in his election and reprobation not only appoints the ends, but the means tending to the same.
John Gill
2:30 But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him,.... Or through his country, as was desired:
for the Lord had hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate; as he did Pharaoh's, for whom he will he hardens; so that he would not listen to the proposals made to him, nor grant the requests asked of him, but with pride and haughtiness of spirit despised and disdained Israel:
that he might deliver him into thine hand; that so an opportunity might offer of fighting with him, and taking his country from him; whereas, had he been peaceable and flexible, he had continued in the enjoyment of his land, and Israel would not have had that advantage against him; but God, who has the hearts of kings and of all men in his hands, so wrought upon him that he should take the steps he did, which made way for the delivery of him and his country into the hands of the Israelites:
as appeareth this day: for when Moses made this speech, the kingdom of Sihon was possessed by the Israelites, Num 21:24.
John Wesley
2:30 Hardened his spirit - That is, suffered it to be hardened.
2:312:31: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Ահա՛ սկսեա՛լ եմ մատնե՛լ առաջի երեսաց քոց զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի զԱմովրհացի՝ եւ զերկիրն նորա. սկսի՛ր վիճակաւ ժառանգել զերկիրն նորա։
31 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Ահա սկսել եմ Եսեբոնի արքայ ամորհացի Սեհոնին ու նրա երկիրը յանձնել քեզ: Սկսի՛ր վիճակ գցելով ժառանգել նրա երկիրը”:
31 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ահա Սեհոնն ու անոր երկիրը քու ձեռքդ տուի, անոր տիրէ՛, որպէս զի անոր երկիրը ժառանգես’։
Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Ահա սկսեալ եմ մատնել առաջի երեսաց քոց զՍեհոն [43]արքայ Եսեբոնի զԱմովրհացի`` եւ զերկիրն նորա. սկսիր վիճակաւ ժառանգել զերկիրն նորա:

2:31: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Ահա՛ սկսեա՛լ եմ մատնե՛լ առաջի երեսաց քոց զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի զԱմովրհացի՝ եւ զերկիրն նորա. սկսի՛ր վիճակաւ ժառանգել զերկիրն նորա։
31 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Ահա սկսել եմ Եսեբոնի արքայ ամորհացի Սեհոնին ու նրա երկիրը յանձնել քեզ: Սկսի՛ր վիճակ գցելով ժառանգել նրա երկիրը”:
31 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ահա Սեհոնն ու անոր երկիրը քու ձեռքդ տուի, անոր տիրէ՛, որպէս զի անոր երկիրը ժառանգես’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3131: И сказал мне Господь: вот, Я начинаю предавать тебе Сигона и землю его; начинай овладевать землею его.
2:31 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἦργμαι αρχω rule; begin παραδοῦναι παραδιδωμι betray; give over πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of σου σου of you; your τὸν ο the Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων the Αμορραῖον αμορραιος and; even τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἔναρξαι εναρχομαι initiate; begin κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:31 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to רְאֵ֗ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see הַֽחִלֹּ֨תִי֙ hˈaḥillˈōṯî חלל defile תֵּ֣ת tˈēṯ נתן give לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֶ֔יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] סִיחֹ֖ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצֹ֑ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth הָחֵ֣ל hāḥˈēl חלל defile רָ֔שׁ rˈāš ירשׁ trample down לָ lā לְ to רֶ֖שֶׁת rˌešeṯ ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצֹֽו׃ ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
2:31. dixitque Dominus ad me ecce coepi tradere tibi Seon et terram eius incipe possidere eamAnd the Lord said to me: Behold I have begun to deliver unto thee Sehon and his land, begin to possess it.
31. And the LORD said unto me, Behold, I have begun to deliver up Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land.
2:31. And the Lord said to me: ‘Behold, I have begun to deliver Sihon and his land to you. Begin to possess it.’
2:31. And the LORD said unto me, Behold, I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land.
And the LORD said unto me, Behold, I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land:

31: И сказал мне Господь: вот, Я начинаю предавать тебе Сигона и землю его; начинай овладевать землею его.
2:31
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἦργμαι αρχω rule; begin
παραδοῦναι παραδιδωμι betray; give over
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
σου σου of you; your
τὸν ο the
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων the
Αμορραῖον αμορραιος and; even
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἔναρξαι εναρχομαι initiate; begin
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:31
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֤אמֶר yyˈōmer אמר say
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
רְאֵ֗ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see
הַֽחִלֹּ֨תִי֙ hˈaḥillˈōṯî חלל defile
תֵּ֣ת tˈēṯ נתן give
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֶ֔יךָ fānˈeʸḵā פָּנֶה face
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
סִיחֹ֖ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצֹ֑ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
הָחֵ֣ל hāḥˈēl חלל defile
רָ֔שׁ rˈāš ירשׁ trample down
לָ לְ to
רֶ֖שֶׁת rˌešeṯ ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצֹֽו׃ ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
2:31. dixitque Dominus ad me ecce coepi tradere tibi Seon et terram eius incipe possidere eam
And the Lord said to me: Behold I have begun to deliver unto thee Sehon and his land, begin to possess it.
2:31. And the Lord said to me: ‘Behold, I have begun to deliver Sihon and his land to you. Begin to possess it.’
2:31. And the LORD said unto me, Behold, I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee: begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:31: give Sihon: Deu 2:24, Deu 1:8
John Gill
2:31 And the Lord said unto me,.... After or about the time when the messengers were sent to Sihon, perhaps when they had returned and had brought his answer:
behold, I have begun to give Sihon and his land before thee; by hardening his heart, which was a sure token of his ruin, and a leading step to the delivery of him into the hands of Israel:
begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land; move towards it and enter into it, not fearing any opposition made by him.
2:322:32: Եւ ել Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի ընդդէմ մեր, ինքն եւ ժողովուրդ իւր պատերազմաւ ՚ի Սիասա՛ր.
32 Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնն ինքն ու իր ժողովուրդը Սիասարում պատերազմի ելան մեր դէմ:
32 Ուստի Սեհոն ինք իր բոլոր ժողովուրդովը Յասսայի մէջ մեր դէմ ելաւ, որպէս զի մեզի հետ պատերազմի։
Եւ ել Սեհոն [44]արքայ Եսեբոնի`` ընդդէմ մեր, ինքն եւ ժողովուրդ իւր պատերազմաւ ի Յասսա:

2:32: Եւ ել Սեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի ընդդէմ մեր, ինքն եւ ժողովուրդ իւր պատերազմաւ ՚ի Սիասա՛ր.
32 Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնն ինքն ու իր ժողովուրդը Սիասարում պատերազմի ելան մեր դէմ:
32 Ուստի Սեհոն ինք իր բոլոր ժողովուրդովը Յասսայի մէջ մեր դէմ ելաւ, որպէս զի մեզի հետ պատերազմի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3232: И Сигон со всем народом своим выступил против нас на сражение к Яаце;
2:32 καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων into; for συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting ἡμῖν ημιν us αὐτὸς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle Ιασσα ιασσα Iassa
2:32 וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵא֩ yyēṣˌē יצא go out סִיחֹ֨ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon לִ li לְ to קְרָאתֵ֜נוּ qᵊrāṯˈēnû קרא encounter ה֧וּא hˈû הוּא he וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole עַמֹּ֛ו ʕammˈô עַם people לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֖ה mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war יָֽהְצָה׃ yˈāhᵊṣā יָהְצָה Jahzah
2:32. egressusque est Seon obviam nobis cum omni populo suo ad proelium in IesaAnd Sehon came out to meet us with all his people to fight at Jasa.
32. Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, unto battle at Jahaz.
2:32. And Sihon went out to meet us with all his people, to battle at Jahaz.
2:32. Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz.
Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz:

32: И Сигон со всем народом своим выступил против нас на сражение к Яаце;
2:32
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων into; for
συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting
ἡμῖν ημιν us
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
Ιασσα ιασσα Iassa
2:32
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵא֩ yyēṣˌē יצא go out
סִיחֹ֨ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
לִ li לְ to
קְרָאתֵ֜נוּ qᵊrāṯˈēnû קרא encounter
ה֧וּא hˈû הוּא he
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
עַמֹּ֛ו ʕammˈô עַם people
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֖ה mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war
יָֽהְצָה׃ yˈāhᵊṣā יָהְצָה Jahzah
2:32. egressusque est Seon obviam nobis cum omni populo suo ad proelium in Iesa
And Sehon came out to meet us with all his people to fight at Jasa.
2:32. And Sihon went out to meet us with all his people, to battle at Jahaz.
2:32. Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:32: Num 21:23-30; Jdg 11:20-23; Neh 9:22; Psa 120:7, Psa 135:11, Psa 136:19
John Gill
2:32 Then Sihon came out against us,.... Perceiving they were upon their march towards his land or into it, he gathered all his people and went out of Heshbon their capital city, where he resided:
he and all his people, to fight at Jahaz; a city which he had taken from the king of Moab, and which in later times, after the captivity of the ten tribes, came into their hands again, Is 15:4; see Gill on Num 21:21.
2:332:33: եւ մատնեաց զնոսա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր. եւ հարա՛ք զնա եւ զորդիս նորա, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա[1661]. [1661] Այլք. Եւ մատնեաց զնա Տէր։
33 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը նրան մատնեց մեր ձեռքը, մենք կոտորեցինք նրան, նրա որդիներին ու նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին:
33 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը զանիկա մեր ձեռքը մատնեց ու մենք զանիկա եւ անոր որդիներն ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը զարկինք։
Եւ մատնեաց զնոսա Տէր Աստուած մեր ի ձեռս մեր, եւ հարաք զնա եւ զորդիս նորա եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա:

2:33: եւ մատնեաց զնոսա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր. եւ հարա՛ք զնա եւ զորդիս նորա, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա[1661].
[1661] Այլք. Եւ մատնեաց զնա Տէր։
33 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը նրան մատնեց մեր ձեռքը, մենք կոտորեցինք նրան, նրա որդիներին ու նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին:
33 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը զանիկա մեր ձեռքը մատնեց ու մենք զանիկա եւ անոր որդիներն ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը զարկինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3333: и предал его Господь, Бог наш, [в руки наши], и мы поразили его и сынов его и весь народ его,
2:33 καὶ και and; even παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over αὐτὸν αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even ἐπατάξαμεν πατασσω pat; impact αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the υἱοὺς υιος son αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:33 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יִּתְּנֵ֛הוּ yyittᵊnˈēhû נתן give יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֵ֑ינוּ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face וַ wa וְ and נַּ֥ךְ nnˌaḵ נכה strike אֹתֹ֛ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בָּנָ֖יובנו *bānˌāʸw בֵּן son וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עַמֹּֽו׃ ʕammˈô עַם people
2:33. et tradidit eum Dominus Deus noster nobis percussimusque eum cum filiis et omni populo suoAnd the Lord our God delivered him to us: and we slew him with his sons and all his people.
33. And the LORD our God delivered him up before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people.
2:33. And the Lord our God delivered him to us. And we struck him down, with his sons and all his people.
2:33. And the LORD our God delivered him before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people.
And the LORD our God delivered him before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people:

33: и предал его Господь, Бог наш, [в руки наши], и мы поразили его и сынов его и весь народ его,
2:33
καὶ και and; even
παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
ἐπατάξαμεν πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
υἱοὺς υιος son
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
2:33
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יִּתְּנֵ֛הוּ yyittᵊnˈēhû נתן give
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֵ֑ינוּ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face
וַ wa וְ and
נַּ֥ךְ nnˌaḵ נכה strike
אֹתֹ֛ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בָּנָ֖יובנו
*bānˌāʸw בֵּן son
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עַמֹּֽו׃ ʕammˈô עַם people
2:33. et tradidit eum Dominus Deus noster nobis percussimusque eum cum filiis et omni populo suo
And the Lord our God delivered him to us: and we slew him with his sons and all his people.
2:33. And the Lord our God delivered him to us. And we struck him down, with his sons and all his people.
2:33. And the LORD our God delivered him before us; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his people.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:33: the Lord: Deu 3:2, Deu 3:3, Deu 7:2, Deu 20:16; Gen 14:20; Jos 21:44; Jdg 1:4, Jdg 7:2
we smote: Deu 29:7, Deu 29:8; Num 21:24; Jos 10:30-42
John Gill
2:33 And the Lord our God delivered him before us,.... With their lands:
and we smote him and his sons, and all his people; with the edge of the sword; slew them all: the Cetib or textual reading is "his son", though the Keri or margin is "his sons", which we follow. So Jarchi observes, it is written "his son", because he had a son mighty as himself, he says.
2:342:34: եւ յաղթեցա՛ք ամենայն քաղաքացն ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ. եւ սատակեցա՛ք զամենայն քաղաքս նորա մի ըստ միոջէ, եւ զկանայս նոցա, եւ զմանկունս իւրեանց. եւ ո՛չ թողաք ՚ի նոցանէ ապրեալ։
34 Այդ ժամանակ նուաճեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները, մէկ առ մէկ աւերեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները, սպանեցինք նրա կանանց ու երեխաներին: Նրանցից ոչ ոքի կենդանի չթողեցինք:
34 Նոյն ատեն անոր բոլոր քաղաքները առինք ու անոր բոլոր քաղաքներուն մէջ եղած այր մարդիկը, կիներն ու տղաքները կորսնցուցինք։ Անոնցմէ մէ՛կ հոգի ողջ չթողուցինք։
եւ յաղթեցաք ամենայն քաղաքացն ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ, եւ սատակեցաք զամենայն [45]քաղաքս նորա մի ըստ միոջէ, եւ զկանայս նոցա եւ զմանկունս իւրեանց. եւ`` ոչ թողաք ի նոցանէ ապրեալ:

2:34: եւ յաղթեցա՛ք ամենայն քաղաքացն ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ. եւ սատակեցա՛ք զամենայն քաղաքս նորա մի ըստ միոջէ, եւ զկանայս նոցա, եւ զմանկունս իւրեանց. եւ ո՛չ թողաք ՚ի նոցանէ ապրեալ։
34 Այդ ժամանակ նուաճեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները, մէկ առ մէկ աւերեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները, սպանեցինք նրա կանանց ու երեխաներին: Նրանցից ոչ ոքի կենդանի չթողեցինք:
34 Նոյն ատեն անոր բոլոր քաղաքները առինք ու անոր բոլոր քաղաքներուն մէջ եղած այր մարդիկը, կիներն ու տղաքները կորսնցուցինք։ Անոնցմէ մէ՛կ հոգի ողջ չթողուցինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3434: и взяли в то время все города его, и предали заклятию все города, мужчин и женщин и детей, не оставили никого в живых;
2:34 καὶ και and; even ἐκρατήσαμεν κρατεω seize; retain πασῶν πας all; every τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that καὶ και and; even ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin πᾶσαν πας all; every πόλιν πολις city ἑξῆς εξης succession καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child αὐτῶν αυτος he; him οὐ ου not κατελίπομεν καταλειπω leave behind; remain ζωγρείαν ζωγριας one taken alive
2:34 וַ wa וְ and נִּלְכֹּ֤ד nnilkˈōḏ לכד seize אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עָרָיו֙ ʕārāʸw עִיר town בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she וַֽ wˈa וְ and נַּחֲרֵם֙ nnaḥᵃrˌēm חרם consecrate אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מְתִ֔ם mᵊṯˈim מַת man וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the נָּשִׁ֖ים nnāšˌîm אִשָּׁה woman וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the טָּ֑ף ṭṭˈāf טַף [those unable to march] לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not הִשְׁאַ֖רְנוּ hišʔˌarnû שׁאר remain שָׂרִֽיד׃ śārˈîḏ שָׂרִיד survivor
2:34. cunctasque urbes in tempore illo cepimus interfectis habitatoribus earum viris ac mulieribus et parvulis non reliquimus in eis quicquamAnd we took all his cities at that time, killing the inhabitants of them, men and women and children. We left nothing of them:
34. And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed every inhabited city, with the women and the little ones; we left none remaining:
2:34. And we seized all his cities at that time, putting to death their inhabitants: men as well as women and children. We left nothing of them,
2:34. And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain:
And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain:

34: и взяли в то время все города его, и предали заклятию все города, мужчин и женщин и детей, не оставили никого в живых;
2:34
καὶ και and; even
ἐκρατήσαμεν κρατεω seize; retain
πασῶν πας all; every
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
καὶ και and; even
ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
πᾶσαν πας all; every
πόλιν πολις city
ἑξῆς εξης succession
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
οὐ ου not
κατελίπομεν καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ζωγρείαν ζωγριας one taken alive
2:34
וַ wa וְ and
נִּלְכֹּ֤ד nnilkˈōḏ לכד seize
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עָרָיו֙ ʕārāʸw עִיר town
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
נַּחֲרֵם֙ nnaḥᵃrˌēm חרם consecrate
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מְתִ֔ם mᵊṯˈim מַת man
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
נָּשִׁ֖ים nnāšˌîm אִשָּׁה woman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
טָּ֑ף ṭṭˈāf טַף [those unable to march]
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
הִשְׁאַ֖רְנוּ hišʔˌarnû שׁאר remain
שָׂרִֽיד׃ śārˈîḏ שָׂרִיד survivor
2:34. cunctasque urbes in tempore illo cepimus interfectis habitatoribus earum viris ac mulieribus et parvulis non reliquimus in eis quicquam
And we took all his cities at that time, killing the inhabitants of them, men and women and children. We left nothing of them:
2:34. And we seized all his cities at that time, putting to death their inhabitants: men as well as women and children. We left nothing of them,
2:34. And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:34: Utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones, of every city - Render, laid under ban (compare Lev 27:28 note) every inhabited city, both women and children: these last words being added by way of fuller explanation.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:34: utterly destroyed: Deu 7:2, Deu 7:26, Deu 20:16-18; Lev 27:28, Lev 27:29; Num 21:2, Num 21:3; Jos 7:11, Jos 8:25, Jos 8:26, Jos 9:24; Jos 11:14; Sa1 15:3, Sa1 15:8, Sa1 15:9
and the little ones of every city: Heb. every city of men, and women, and little ones.
Geneva 1599
2:34 And we took all his cities at that time, and utterly destroyed the men, and the (o) women, and the little ones, of every city, we left none to remain:
(o) God had cursed Canaan, and therefore he did not want any of the wicked race to be preserved.
John Gill
2:34 And we took all his cities at that time,.... As Heshbon, and others mentioned in Num 21:25,
and utterly destroyed the men, and the women, and the little ones of every city, we left none to remain; for the Amorites were one of the seven nations who were devoted to destruction, the measure of whose iniquity was now full, and therefore vengeance was taken.
John Wesley
2:34 Utterly destroyed - By God's command, these being a part of those people who were devoted by the Lord of life and death, to utter destruction for their abominable wickedness.
2:352:35: Բայց զի զխաշի՛նսն ածաք յաւարի, եւ զկապուտ քաղաքացն զոր առաք յԱրոերայ.
35 Միայն հօտերը աւար վերցրինք եւ կողոպտեցինք Առնոնի ձորի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերի քաղաքներն
35 Միայն անասուններն ու առնուած քաղաքներուն աւարները մեզի առինք։
բայց զի զխաշինսն ածաք յաւարի եւ զկապուտ քաղաքաց զոր առաք:

2:35: Բայց զի զխաշի՛նսն ածաք յաւարի, եւ զկապուտ քաղաքացն զոր առաք յԱրոերայ.
35 Միայն հօտերը աւար վերցրինք եւ կողոպտեցինք Առնոնի ձորի եզերքին գտնուող Արոյերի քաղաքներն
35 Միայն անասուններն ու առնուած քաղաքներուն աւարները մեզի առինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3535: только взяли мы себе в добычу скот их и захваченное во взятых нами городах.
2:35 πλὴν πλην besides; only τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal ἐπρονομεύσαμεν προνομευω and; even τὰ ο the σκῦλα σκυλον spoil τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get
2:35 רַ֥ק rˌaq רַק only הַ ha הַ the בְּהֵמָ֖ה bbᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle בָּזַ֣זְנוּ bāzˈaznû בזז spoil לָ֑נוּ lˈānû לְ to וּ û וְ and שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לָכָֽדְנוּ׃ lāḵˈāḏᵊnû לכד seize
2:35. absque iumentis quae in partem venere praedantium et spoliis urbium quas cepimusExcept the cattle which came to the share of them that took them: and the spoils of the cities, which we took:
35. only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, with the spoil of the cities which we had taken.
2:35. except the cattle, which went to the share of those who plundered them. And we seized the spoils of the cities,
2:35. Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, and the spoil of the cities which we took.
Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, and the spoil of the cities which we took:

35: только взяли мы себе в добычу скот их и захваченное во взятых нами городах.
2:35
πλὴν πλην besides; only
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
ἐπρονομεύσαμεν προνομευω and; even
τὰ ο the
σκῦλα σκυλον spoil
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get
2:35
רַ֥ק rˌaq רַק only
הַ ha הַ the
בְּהֵמָ֖ה bbᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle
בָּזַ֣זְנוּ bāzˈaznû בזז spoil
לָ֑נוּ lˈānû לְ to
וּ û וְ and
שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לָכָֽדְנוּ׃ lāḵˈāḏᵊnû לכד seize
2:35. absque iumentis quae in partem venere praedantium et spoliis urbium quas cepimus
Except the cattle which came to the share of them that took them: and the spoils of the cities, which we took:
2:35. except the cattle, which went to the share of those who plundered them. And we seized the spoils of the cities,
2:35. Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves, and the spoil of the cities which we took.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:35: Deu 20:14; Num 31:9-11; Jos 8:27
John Gill
2:35 Only the cattle we took for a prey unto ourselves,.... These they did not destroy, but preserved alive for their own use and profit, and took them as their own property:
and the spoil of the cities which we took; as household goods, gold, silver, and whatever valuable was found by them; this they took as plunder, and shared it among themselves.
2:362:36: որ է՛ առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ. եւ զքաղա՛քն որ է ՚ի ձորն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գաղաադու. եւ ո՛չ էր քաղաք որ ապրեցաւ ՚ի մէնջ. այլ զամենայն մատնեաց Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր[1662]։ [1662] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձորն, եւ մինչեւ ցսահ՛՛... զոր ապրե՛՛։
36 ու ձորում գտնուող քաղաքը, մինչեւ Գաղաադի սահմանները: Քաղաք չմնաց, որ փրկուէր մեր ձեռքից. բոլոր քաղաքները Տէր Աստուածը մատնեց մեր ձեռքը,
36 Առնոն ձորին եզերքը եղած Արոէրէն ու ձորին մէջ եղած քաղաքէն մինչեւ Գաղաադ բնաւ մեզի դէմ դնող քաղաք մը չեղաւ։ Մեր Տէր Աստուածը ամէնքն ալ մեր ձեռքը մատնեց։
ՅԱրոյերայ որ է առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ, եւ զքաղաքն որ է ի ձորն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գաղաադու, ոչ էր քաղաք որ ապրեցաւ ի մէնջ. այլ զամենայն մատնեաց Տէր Աստուած մեր ի ձեռս մեր:

2:36: որ է՛ առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ. եւ զքաղա՛քն որ է ՚ի ձորն, մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գաղաադու. եւ ո՛չ էր քաղաք որ ապրեցաւ ՚ի մէնջ. այլ զամենայն մատնեաց Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր[1662]։
[1662] Ոմանք. ՚Ի ձորն, եւ մինչեւ ցսահ՛՛... զոր ապրե՛՛։
36 ու ձորում գտնուող քաղաքը, մինչեւ Գաղաադի սահմանները: Քաղաք չմնաց, որ փրկուէր մեր ձեռքից. բոլոր քաղաքները Տէր Աստուածը մատնեց մեր ձեռքը,
36 Առնոն ձորին եզերքը եղած Արոէրէն ու ձորին մէջ եղած քաղաքէն մինչեւ Գաղաադ բնաւ մեզի դէմ դնող քաղաք մը չեղաւ։ Մեր Տէր Աստուածը ամէնքն ալ մեր ձեռքը մատնեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3636: От Ароера, который на берегу потока Арнона, и от города, который на долине, до Галаада не было города, который был бы неприступен для нас: всё предал Господь, Бог наш, [в руки наши].
2:36 ἐξ εκ from; out of Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be παρὰ παρα from; by τὸ ο the χεῖλος χειλος lip; shore χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even τὴν ο the πόλιν πολις city τὴν ο the οὖσαν ειμι be ἐν εν in τῇ ο the φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until ὄρους ορος mountain; mount τοῦ ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ not ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become πόλις πολις city ἥτις οστις who; that διέφυγεν διαφευγω escape ἡμᾶς ημας us τὰς ο the πάσας πας all; every παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χεῖρας χειρ hand ἡμῶν ημων our
2:36 מֵֽ mˈē מִן from עֲרֹעֵ֡ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֜ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the נַּ֨חַל֙ nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not הָֽיְתָה֙ hˈāyᵊṯā היה be קִרְיָ֔ה qiryˈā קִרְיָה town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] שָׂגְבָ֖ה śāḡᵊvˌā שׂגב be high מִמֶּ֑נּוּ mimmˈennû מִן from אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the כֹּ֕ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole נָתַ֛ן nāṯˈan נתן give יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) לְ lᵊ לְ to פָנֵֽינוּ׃ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face
2:36. ab Aroer quae est super ripam torrentis Arnon oppido quod in valle situm est usque Galaad non fuit vicus et civitas quae nostras effugeret manus omnes tradidit Dominus Deus noster nobisFrom Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, a town that is situate in a valley, as far as Galaad. There was not a village or city, that escaped our hands: the Lord our God delivered all unto us:
36. From Aroer, which is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the valley, even unto Gilead, there was not a city too high for us: the LORD our God delivered up all before us:
2:36. from Aroer, which is above the bank of the torrent Arnon, a town which is situated in a valley, all the way to Gilead. There was not a village or city which escaped from our hands. The Lord our God delivered everything to us,
2:36. From Aroer, which [is] by the brink of the river of Arnon, and [from] the city that [is] by the river, even unto Gilead, there was not one city too strong for us: the LORD our God delivered all unto us:
From Aroer, which [is] by the brink of the river of Arnon, and [from] the city that [is] by the river, even unto Gilead, there was not one city too strong for us: the LORD our God delivered all unto us:

36: От Ароера, который на берегу потока Арнона, и от города, который на долине, до Галаада не было города, который был бы неприступен для нас: всё предал Господь, Бог наш, [в руки наши].
2:36
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸ ο the
χεῖλος χειλος lip; shore
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even
τὴν ο the
πόλιν πολις city
τὴν ο the
οὖσαν ειμι be
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
φάραγγι φαραγξ gorge
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
τοῦ ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ not
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
πόλις πολις city
ἥτις οστις who; that
διέφυγεν διαφευγω escape
ἡμᾶς ημας us
τὰς ο the
πάσας πας all; every
παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χεῖρας χειρ hand
ἡμῶν ημων our
2:36
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
עֲרֹעֵ֡ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׂפַת־ śᵊfaṯ- שָׂפָה lip
נַ֨חַל nˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֜ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עִ֨יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
נַּ֨חַל֙ nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֔ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
הָֽיְתָה֙ hˈāyᵊṯā היה be
קִרְיָ֔ה qiryˈā קִרְיָה town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
שָׂגְבָ֖ה śāḡᵊvˌā שׂגב be high
מִמֶּ֑נּוּ mimmˈennû מִן from
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּ֕ל kkˈōl כֹּל whole
נָתַ֛ן nāṯˈan נתן give
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˌênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פָנֵֽינוּ׃ fānˈênû פָּנֶה face
2:36. ab Aroer quae est super ripam torrentis Arnon oppido quod in valle situm est usque Galaad non fuit vicus et civitas quae nostras effugeret manus omnes tradidit Dominus Deus noster nobis
From Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, a town that is situate in a valley, as far as Galaad. There was not a village or city, that escaped our hands: the Lord our God delivered all unto us:
2:36. from Aroer, which is above the bank of the torrent Arnon, a town which is situated in a valley, all the way to Gilead. There was not a village or city which escaped from our hands. The Lord our God delivered everything to us,
2:36. From Aroer, which [is] by the brink of the river of Arnon, and [from] the city that [is] by the river, even unto Gilead, there was not one city too strong for us: the LORD our God delivered all unto us:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:36: From Aroer - by the brink of the river of Arnon - See on Num 21:13 (note), etc.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
2:36: Aroer, which is by the brink of the river of Arnon - Aroer stood on the north bank of the river, and was assigned Jos 13:9, Jos 13:16 to the tribe of Reuben, of which it formed the most southerly city. The valley of the Arnon is here deep, and the descent to it abrupt. In Roman times it was spanned by a viaduct, the ruins of which still remain, and which was probably built on the lines of the original structure of Mesha Kg2 3:5. Aroer here must not be confounded with "Aroer, which is before Rabbah" Jos 13:25. This latter place was "built," "i. e." rebuilt, by the Gadites Num 32:34; it belonged to that tribe, and was consequently far to the north of the Arnon. A third Aroer in the tribe of Judah is mentioned in Sa1 30:28.
"The city that is by the river," literally, "in the midst of the river" (compare Jos 13:9, Jos 13:16) is Ar Moab (compare Num 21:15 note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:36: Aroer: Deu 3:12, Deu 4:48; Jos 13:9; Isa 17:2; Jer 48:19
not: Jos 1:5; Psa 44:3; Isa 41:15, Isa 41:16; Rom 8:31
John Gill
2:36 From Aroer, which is by the brink of the river Arnon.... Upon the border of Moab, and the principal city of it; see Jer 48:19.
and from the city that is by the river; or even the city that is in the midst of the river, the city Aroer, which seems to be meant; see Josh 12:2. This river is afterwards called the river of Gad, 2Kings 24:5 in the midst of it Aroer was, perhaps because it was possessed by the tribe of Gad:
even unto Gilead; Mount Gilead and the country adjacent to it, which belonged to Og king of Bashan:
there was not one city too strong for us; that could hold out against them, when attacked and besieged by them, but presently surrendered:
the Lord our God delivered all unto us; Moses ascribes all the victories and success they had unto the Lord, not to their own might and power, but to the power of God with them, and his blessing on them.
2:372:37: Բայց յերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ յոր ո՛չ մերձեցաք՝ զամենայն արուարձանս ձորոյն Յաբովկայ, եւ զամենայն քաղաքսն լեռնականս՝ որպէս պատուիրեա՛ց մեզ Տէր Աստուած մեր[1663]։[1663] Ոմանք. Բայց երկիրն որդւոցն Ամով՛՛... ձորոյն Յարբովկայ. կամ՝ Յռաբովկայ։
37 բացի Ամոնացիների երկրից, որին չմօտեցանք, ինչպէս նաեւ Յաբոկի ձորի բոլոր աւաններից ու լեռնային բոլոր քաղաքներից, ինչպէս որ մեր Տէր Աստուածն էր պատուիրել մեզ»:
37 Միայն Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկիրն ու բոլոր Յաբոկ ձորին կողմերուն եւ լեռնային քաղաքներուն ու մեր Տէր Աստուծոյն բոլոր մեզի արգիլած տեղերուն չմօտեցար»։
Բայց յերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ [46]յոր ոչ մերձեցաք, զամենայն արուարձանս ձորոյն Յաբովկայ, եւ զամենայն քաղաքսն լեռնականս, որպէս`` պատուիրեաց մեզ Տէր Աստուած մեր:

2:37: Բայց յերկիր որդւոցն Ամոնայ յոր ո՛չ մերձեցաք՝ զամենայն արուարձանս ձորոյն Յաբովկայ, եւ զամենայն քաղաքսն լեռնականս՝ որպէս պատուիրեա՛ց մեզ Տէր Աստուած մեր[1663]։
[1663] Ոմանք. Բայց երկիրն որդւոցն Ամով՛՛... ձորոյն Յարբովկայ. կամ՝ Յռաբովկայ։
37 բացի Ամոնացիների երկրից, որին չմօտեցանք, ինչպէս նաեւ Յաբոկի ձորի բոլոր աւաններից ու լեռնային բոլոր քաղաքներից, ինչպէս որ մեր Տէր Աստուածն էր պատուիրել մեզ»:
37 Միայն Ամմոնի որդիներուն երկիրն ու բոլոր Յաբոկ ձորին կողմերուն եւ լեռնային քաղաքներուն ու մեր Տէր Աստուծոյն բոլոր մեզի արգիլած տեղերուն չմօտեցար»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
2:3737: Только к земле Аммонитян ты не подходил, ни к [местам лежащим] близ потока Иавока, ни к городам на горе, ни ко всему, к чему не повелел [нам] Господь, Бог наш.
2:37 πλὴν πλην besides; only εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land υἱῶν υιος son Αμμων αμμων not προσήλθομεν προσερχομαι approach; go ahead πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the συγκυροῦντα συγκυροω and; even τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city τὰς ο the ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ὀρεινῇ ορεινος mountainous καθότι καθοτι in that ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ἡμῖν ημιν us κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our
2:37 רַ֛ק rˈaq רַק only אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son עַמֹּ֖ון ʕammˌôn עַמֹּון Ammon לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not קָרָ֑בְתָּ qārˈāvᵊttā קרב approach כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יַ֞ד yˈaḏ יָד hand נַ֤חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi יַבֹּק֙ yabbˌōq יַבֹּק Jabbok וְ wᵊ וְ and עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הָ hā הַ the הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain וְ wᵊ וְ and כֹ֥ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] צִוָּ֖ה ṣiwwˌā צוה command יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
2:37. absque terra filiorum Ammon ad quam non accessimus et cunctis quae adiacent torrenti Ieboc et urbibus montanis universisque locis a quibus nos prohibuit Dominus Deus nosterExcept the land of the children of Ammon, to which we approached not: and all that border upon the torrent Jeboc, and the cities in the mountains, and all the places which the Lord our God forbade us.
37. only to the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not near; all the side of the river Jabbok, and the cities of the hill country, and wheresoever the LORD our God forbade us.
2:37. except the land of the sons of Ammon, which we did not approach, and all that is adjacent to the torrent Jabbok, and the cities in the mountains, and all the places which the Lord our God prohibited to us.”
2:37. Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not, [nor] unto any place of the river Jabbok, nor unto the cities in the mountains, nor unto whatsoever the LORD our God forbad us.
Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not, [nor] unto any place of the river Jabbok, nor unto the cities in the mountains, nor unto whatsoever the LORD our God forbad us:

37: Только к земле Аммонитян ты не подходил, ни к [местам лежащим] близ потока Иавока, ни к городам на горе, ни ко всему, к чему не повелел [нам] Господь, Бог наш.
2:37
πλὴν πλην besides; only
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμων αμμων not
προσήλθομεν προσερχομαι approach; go ahead
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
συγκυροῦντα συγκυροω and; even
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
τὰς ο the
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ὀρεινῇ ορεινος mountainous
καθότι καθοτι in that
ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ἡμῖν ημιν us
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
2:37
רַ֛ק rˈaq רַק only
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
עַמֹּ֖ון ʕammˌôn עַמֹּון Ammon
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
קָרָ֑בְתָּ qārˈāvᵊttā קרב approach
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יַ֞ד yˈaḏ יָד hand
נַ֤חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
יַבֹּק֙ yabbˌōq יַבֹּק Jabbok
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הָ הַ the
הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כֹ֥ל ḵˌōl כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
צִוָּ֖ה ṣiwwˌā צוה command
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
2:37. absque terra filiorum Ammon ad quam non accessimus et cunctis quae adiacent torrenti Ieboc et urbibus montanis universisque locis a quibus nos prohibuit Dominus Deus noster
Except the land of the children of Ammon, to which we approached not: and all that border upon the torrent Jeboc, and the cities in the mountains, and all the places which the Lord our God forbade us.
2:37. except the land of the sons of Ammon, which we did not approach, and all that is adjacent to the torrent Jabbok, and the cities in the mountains, and all the places which the Lord our God prohibited to us.”
2:37. Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not, [nor] unto any place of the river Jabbok, nor unto the cities in the mountains, nor unto whatsoever the LORD our God forbad us.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
2:37: Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not - God gave them their commission; and those only were to be cut off, the cup of whose iniquity was full. Though the Moabites and Ammonites were thus spared, they requited good with evil, for they fought against the Israelites, and cast them out of their possessions, Jdg 11:4, Jdg 11:5; Ch2 20:1, etc., and committed the most shocking cruelties; see Amo 1:13. Hence God enacted a law, that none of these people should enter into the congregation of the Lord even to their tenth generation: see Deu 23:3-6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
2:37: unto the land: Deu 2:5, Deu 2:9, Deu 2:19, Deu 3:16; Jdg 11:15
Jabbok: Gen 32:22; Num 21:24; Jos 12:2
John Gill
2:37 Only unto the land of the children of Ammon thou camest not,.... Which was then in their possession; otherwise what Sihon had took away from them, that the children of Israel came into and enjoyed, as before observed, Deut 2:19.
nor unto any place of the river Jabbok; any town or city situated on this river, which was the border of the children of Ammon, Deut 3:16; see Gill on Gen 32:22,
nor unto the cities in the mountains; much less did they penetrate into the innermost parts of their country, the mountainous part thereof, and the cities there:
nor unto whatsoever the Lord our God forbad us: whether in Edom, Moab, or Ammon, particularly the latter, of which he is more especially and peculiarly speaking.
John Wesley
2:37 Of Jabbok - That is, beyond Jabbok: for that was the border of the Ammomites.